<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Vivian</id>
	<title>MailStore Server Help - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Vivian"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Special:Contributions/Vivian"/>
	<updated>2026-04-09T12:40:49Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3597</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3597"/>
		<updated>2012-06-22T15:19:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Creating Notifications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore only provides limited notification or monitoring features, but the status of the archiving processes can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checking the Windows Event Logs Manually ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the event level is ''Error'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task scheduler can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Task Scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Run whether user is logged on or not''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Triggers'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Feature: Windows SMTP ) and enter the data needed for sending emails in your environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. An alternative, and safer in public environments, is to define an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3596</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3596"/>
		<updated>2012-06-22T15:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Checking the Windows Event Logs Manually */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore only provides limited notification or monitoring features, but the status of the archiving processes can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checking the Windows Event Logs Manually ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the event level is ''Error'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task scheduler can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Task Scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Execute regardless of user login''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Feature: Windows SMTP ) and enter the data needed for sending emails in your environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. An alternative, and safer in public environments, is to define an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3595</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3595"/>
		<updated>2012-06-22T15:09:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore only provides limited notification or monitoring features, but the status of the archiving processes can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checking the Windows Event Logs Manually ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task scheduler can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Task Scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Execute regardless of user login''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Feature: Windows SMTP ) and enter the data needed for sending emails in your environment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. An alternative, and safer in public environments, is to define an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3592</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3592"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T19:22:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Creating Notifications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checking the Windows Event Logs Manually ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task scheduler can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Task Scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Execute regardless of user login''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. An alternative, and safer in public environments, is to define an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3591</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3591"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T19:07:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Manually Verifying the Windows Event Logs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checking the Windows Event Logs Manually ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task planner can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''task scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. An alternative, and safer in public environments, is to define an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3590</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3590"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T17:41:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manually Verifying the Windows Event Logs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task planner can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''task scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. An alternative, and safer in public environments, is to define an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3589</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3589"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T17:40:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Einsatz einer externen Monitoring-Software */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manually Verifying the Windows Event Logs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task planner can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''task scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Monitoring Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are already using monitoring software, such as Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix or HP OpenView, in your network, we recommend monitoring the results of the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example: Nagios/Icinga with NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example requires that in section ''[NRPE]'' of the file ''NSC.ini'' the parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' is set. Alternatively, and safer in public environments is defining an alias under section ''[External Alias]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Nagios/Icinga the corresponding service check looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service check puts out a list of all scheduled tasks in the Windows task planner whose exit code is unequal to zero. If there is more than one event, the check status ''Critical'' is set. The return contains a list of all tasks with exit codes unequal to zero and their exit codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3588</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3588"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T17:00:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Creating Notifications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manually Verifying the Windows Event Logs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task planner can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''task scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Configure for'', select at least ''Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008''. Otherwise the trigger ''On Event'' is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Trigger'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Start Task'' select the value ''On Event''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Settings'' activate the option ''User Defined'' and click on ''New Event Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Event Level'' place a checkmark next to ''Error''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Via Source'' and under ''Sources'' place a checkmark next to ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Please note:''' The criteria for user-defined settings are stored as XML data. Unfortunately, the ''Edit Trigger'' dialog is unable to convert these XML data back into GUI elements. Subsequent manipulation of the trigger is only possible in XML. If this is not desired, the trigger must be deleted and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to the ''Actions'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Action'' field select ''Send Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out all fields in the ''Settings'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' The ''SMTP-Server'' specified must allow the MailStore Server computer to send emails without prior login. If this is not desired or possible, please use a locally installed SMTP server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may be asked for your user password. It is needed for executing the task if you are not logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Einsatz einer externen Monitoring-Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verwenden Sie in Ihrem Netzwerk bereits eine Monitoring-Software wie zum Beispiel Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix, HP OpenView, etc. empfehlen wir die Überwachung der Ergebnisse des Windows Taskplaners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Beispiel: Nagios/Icinga mit NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dieses Beispiel setzt voraus, dass im Abschnitt ''[NRPE]'' der Datei ''NSC.ini'' der Parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' gesetzt ist. Alternativ und in öffentlichen Umgebungen sicherer, können Sie auch im Abschnitt ''[External Alias]]'' einen Alias definieren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die entsprechende Service Check sieht unter Nagios/Icinga wie folgt aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Service-Check gibt eine Liste alle zeitgesteuerten Aufgaben im Windows Task-Planer aus, deren Exit-Code ungleich Null ist. Bei mehr als einem Ergebnis wird der Check-Status ''Critical'' gesetzt. Die Rückgabe beinhaltet eine Liste aller Aufgaben mit Exit-Code ungleich Null und der Exit-Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3587</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3587"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T04:39:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Notifications for Audit Events */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, after archiving profiles have been executed, corresponding entries are made in the event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manually Verifying the Windows Event Logs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Event Viewer'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Event Viewer (local)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows Protocols'' &amp;gt; ''Applications''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for events of source ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If errors occurred while executing the profile, the level is ''Errors'', if execution was successful, the level is ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Notifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows task planner can link tasks to an event. This is used to send an email at the event ''Archiving Failed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''task scheduler'' of your Windows system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder, e.g. ''MailStore Auditing'' in the ''Task Scheduler Library''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a task via ''Actions'' &amp;gt; ''Create Task''. Please note that you will not ''Create a Simple Task''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a meaningful name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Konfigurieren für'' mindestens ''Windows Vista oder Windows Server 2008'', da sonst der Trigger ''Bei einem Ereignis'' nicht zur Verfügung steht.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Registerkarte ''Trigger''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Neu..'' &lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Aufgabe starten'' den Wert ''Bei einem Ereignis'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie unter ''Einstellungen'' die Option ''Benutzerdefiniert'' und klicken Sie anschließend auf ''Neuer Ereignisfilter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Setzen Sie unter ''Ereignisebene'' das Häkchen bei ''Fehler''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen ''Per Quelle'' aus und setzten Sie unter ''Quellen'' ein Häkchen bei ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''OK'' um die Einstellungen zu speichern.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Hinweis:''' Die Kriterien von Benutzerdefinierten Einstellungen werden als XML-Daten gespeichert. Leider vermag es der ''Trigger bearbeiten''-Dialog nicht, dieses XML-Daten zurück in GUI-Elemente umzuwandeln. Ein nachträgliches Manipulieren des Triggers ist leider nur in XML möglich. Sollte das unerwünscht sein, muss der Trigger gelöscht und neu erstellt werden&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte ''Aktionen''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Neu...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''E-Mail senden'' im Feld ''Aktion'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Füllen Sie die Felder im Abschnitt ''Einstellungen'' vollständig aus. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Hinweis:''' Bitte beachten Sie, dass der angegebene ''SMTP-Server'' dem MailStore Server Computer gestatten muss, ohne vorherige Anmeldung E-Mails zu verschicken. Ist dies nicht gewünscht oder möglich, verwenden Sie einen lokal installierten SMTP-Server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eventuelle werden Sie nach Ihrem Benutzerpasswort gefragt. Dies wird zur Ausführung der Aufgabe benötigt, sollten Sie nicht angemeldet sein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Einsatz einer externen Monitoring-Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verwenden Sie in Ihrem Netzwerk bereits eine Monitoring-Software wie zum Beispiel Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix, HP OpenView, etc. empfehlen wir die Überwachung der Ergebnisse des Windows Taskplaners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Beispiel: Nagios/Icinga mit NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dieses Beispiel setzt voraus, dass im Abschnitt ''[NRPE]'' der Datei ''NSC.ini'' der Parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' gesetzt ist. Alternativ und in öffentlichen Umgebungen sicherer, können Sie auch im Abschnitt ''[External Alias]]'' einen Alias definieren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die entsprechende Service Check sieht unter Nagios/Icinga wie folgt aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Service-Check gibt eine Liste alle zeitgesteuerten Aufgaben im Windows Task-Planer aus, deren Exit-Code ungleich Null ist. Bei mehr als einem Ergebnis wird der Check-Status ''Critical'' gesetzt. Die Rückgabe beinhaltet eine Liste aller Aufgaben mit Exit-Code ungleich Null und der Exit-Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3586</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3586"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T04:18:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Notifications for Audit Events */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way for monitoring is the use of the MailStore auditing feature combined with the Windows task planner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind that this procedure negates the actual purpose of MailStore's auditing feature. Therefore, verify if the trigger parameters are still configured correctly after each update of the MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden nun nach der Ausführung von Archivierungsprofilen, entsprechende Einträge in das Windows-Eventlog geschrieben.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manually Verifying the Windows Event Logs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die ''Ereignisanzeige'' Ihres Windows-Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken sie auf ''Ereignisanzeige (lokal)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows-Protokolle'' &amp;gt; ''Anwendungen''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suchen Sie dort nach Ereignissen der Quelle ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sind Fehler bei der Ausführung des Profils aufgetreten, so ist die Ebene ''Fehler'', war Ausführung erfolgreich, ist die Ebene ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Erstellung der Benachrichtigungen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Windows Aufgabenplaner kann Aufgaben an ein Ereignis binden. Wir nutzen dies, um eine E-Mail beim Event ''Archivierung fehlgeschlagen'' zu verschicken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die ''Aufgabenplanung'' Ihres Windows-Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
* Erstellen Sie einen neuen Ordner, z.B. ''MailStore Auditing'' in der ''Aufgabenplanungsbibliothek''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Erstellen Sie eine Aufgabe über ''Aktion'' &amp;gt; ''Aufgabe erstellen''. Beachten Sie bitte, dass Sie keine ''Einfache Aufgabe erstellen''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie einen aussagekräftigen Namen.&lt;br /&gt;
*  Wählen Sie diese Option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Konfigurieren für'' mindestens ''Windows Vista oder Windows Server 2008'', da sonst der Trigger ''Bei einem Ereignis'' nicht zur Verfügung steht.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Registerkarte ''Trigger''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Neu..'' &lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Aufgabe starten'' den Wert ''Bei einem Ereignis'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie unter ''Einstellungen'' die Option ''Benutzerdefiniert'' und klicken Sie anschließend auf ''Neuer Ereignisfilter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Setzen Sie unter ''Ereignisebene'' das Häkchen bei ''Fehler''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen ''Per Quelle'' aus und setzten Sie unter ''Quellen'' ein Häkchen bei ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''OK'' um die Einstellungen zu speichern.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Hinweis:''' Die Kriterien von Benutzerdefinierten Einstellungen werden als XML-Daten gespeichert. Leider vermag es der ''Trigger bearbeiten''-Dialog nicht, dieses XML-Daten zurück in GUI-Elemente umzuwandeln. Ein nachträgliches Manipulieren des Triggers ist leider nur in XML möglich. Sollte das unerwünscht sein, muss der Trigger gelöscht und neu erstellt werden&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte ''Aktionen''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Neu...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''E-Mail senden'' im Feld ''Aktion'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Füllen Sie die Felder im Abschnitt ''Einstellungen'' vollständig aus. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Hinweis:''' Bitte beachten Sie, dass der angegebene ''SMTP-Server'' dem MailStore Server Computer gestatten muss, ohne vorherige Anmeldung E-Mails zu verschicken. Ist dies nicht gewünscht oder möglich, verwenden Sie einen lokal installierten SMTP-Server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eventuelle werden Sie nach Ihrem Benutzerpasswort gefragt. Dies wird zur Ausführung der Aufgabe benötigt, sollten Sie nicht angemeldet sein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Einsatz einer externen Monitoring-Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verwenden Sie in Ihrem Netzwerk bereits eine Monitoring-Software wie zum Beispiel Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix, HP OpenView, etc. empfehlen wir die Überwachung der Ergebnisse des Windows Taskplaners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Beispiel: Nagios/Icinga mit NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dieses Beispiel setzt voraus, dass im Abschnitt ''[NRPE]'' der Datei ''NSC.ini'' der Parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' gesetzt ist. Alternativ und in öffentlichen Umgebungen sicherer, können Sie auch im Abschnitt ''[External Alias]]'' einen Alias definieren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die entsprechende Service Check sieht unter Nagios/Icinga wie folgt aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Service-Check gibt eine Liste alle zeitgesteuerten Aufgaben im Windows Task-Planer aus, deren Exit-Code ungleich Null ist. Bei mehr als einem Ergebnis wird der Check-Status ''Critical'' gesetzt. Die Rückgabe beinhaltet eine Liste aller Aufgaben mit Exit-Code ungleich Null und der Exit-Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3585</id>
		<title>Monitoring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Monitoring&amp;diff=3585"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T01:42:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MailStore does not include notification or monitoring features, but it can be monitored using external components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Email Notifications for Failed Archiving Processes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, MailStore Server's email notification feature only sends an email if the automatic creation of a new standard archive store fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides some helpful hints to administrators who would like to receive additional notifications regarding events on their MailStore server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications for Audit Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eine Möglichkeit des Monitorings besteht darin, die in MailStore enthaltene Auditing-Funktion in Kombination mit der Windows Aufgabenplanung zu verwenden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte beachten Sie, dass dieses Vorgehen den eigentlich Zweck des Auditing-Features von MailStore zweckentfremdet. Pruefen Sie daher nach einer Aktualisierung des MailStore Servers ob die Trigger-Parameter weiterhin korrekt konfiguriert sind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To be able to configure the activation triggers in Windows, Windows Vista/7/2008/2008 R2 is needed. They are not available in Windows 2000/XP/2003.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating Auditing Features === &lt;br /&gt;
* Open MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activate the user activity ''ProfileRunArc''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden nun nach der Ausführung von Archivierungsprofilen, entsprechende Einträge in das Windows-Eventlog geschrieben.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manuelles Überprüfen der Windows-Eventlogs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die ''Ereignisanzeige'' Ihres Windows-Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken sie auf ''Ereignisanzeige (lokal)'' &amp;gt; ''Windows-Protokolle'' &amp;gt; ''Anwendungen''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suchen Sie dort nach Ereignissen der Quelle ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sind Fehler bei der Ausführung des Profils aufgetreten, so ist die Ebene ''Fehler'', war Ausführung erfolgreich, ist die Ebene ''Information''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Erstellung der Benachrichtigungen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Windows Aufgabenplaner kann Aufgaben an ein Ereignis binden. Wir nutzen dies, um eine E-Mail beim Event ''Archivierung fehlgeschlagen'' zu verschicken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die ''Aufgabenplanung'' Ihres Windows-Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
* Erstellen Sie einen neuen Ordner, z.B. ''MailStore Auditing'' in der ''Aufgabenplanungsbibliothek''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Erstellen Sie eine Aufgabe über ''Aktion'' &amp;gt; ''Aufgabe erstellen''. Beachten Sie bitte, dass Sie keine ''Einfache Aufgabe erstellen''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_00.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie einen aussagekräftigen Namen.&lt;br /&gt;
*  Wählen Sie diese Option ''Unabhängig von der Benutzeranmeldung ausführen'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Konfigurieren für'' mindestens ''Windows Vista oder Windows Server 2008'', da sonst der Trigger ''Bei einem Ereignis'' nicht zur Verfügung steht.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Registerkarte ''Trigger''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Neu..'' &lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Aufgabe starten'' den Wert ''Bei einem Ereignis'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie unter ''Einstellungen'' die Option ''Benutzerdefiniert'' und klicken Sie anschließend auf ''Neuer Ereignisfilter''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Monitoring_notify_01.png|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Setzen Sie unter ''Ereignisebene'' das Häkchen bei ''Fehler''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen ''Per Quelle'' aus und setzten Sie unter ''Quellen'' ein Häkchen bei ''MailStore Server Auditing''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''OK'' um die Einstellungen zu speichern.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Hinweis:''' Die Kriterien von Benutzerdefinierten Einstellungen werden als XML-Daten gespeichert. Leider vermag es der ''Trigger bearbeiten''-Dialog nicht, dieses XML-Daten zurück in GUI-Elemente umzuwandeln. Ein nachträgliches Manipulieren des Triggers ist leider nur in XML möglich. Sollte das unerwünscht sein, muss der Trigger gelöscht und neu erstellt werden&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte ''Aktionen''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Neu...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''E-Mail senden'' im Feld ''Aktion'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Füllen Sie die Felder im Abschnitt ''Einstellungen'' vollständig aus. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Hinweis:''' Bitte beachten Sie, dass der angegebene ''SMTP-Server'' dem MailStore Server Computer gestatten muss, ohne vorherige Anmeldung E-Mails zu verschicken. Ist dies nicht gewünscht oder möglich, verwenden Sie einen lokal installierten SMTP-Server (Windows SMTP ) die zum E-Mail-Versand in Ihrer Umgebung benötigten Daten ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eventuelle werden Sie nach Ihrem Benutzerpasswort gefragt. Dies wird zur Ausführung der Aufgabe benötigt, sollten Sie nicht angemeldet sein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Einsatz einer externen Monitoring-Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verwenden Sie in Ihrem Netzwerk bereits eine Monitoring-Software wie zum Beispiel Nagios/Icinga, Zabbix, HP OpenView, etc. empfehlen wir die Überwachung der Ergebnisse des Windows Taskplaners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Beispiel: Nagios/Icinga mit NSClient++ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dieses Beispiel setzt voraus, dass im Abschnitt ''[NRPE]'' der Datei ''NSC.ini'' der Parameter ''allow_arguments=1'' gesetzt ist. Alternativ und in öffentlichen Umgebungen sicherer, können Sie auch im Abschnitt ''[External Alias]]'' einen Alias definieren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die entsprechende Service Check sieht unter Nagios/Icinga wie folgt aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
define service {&lt;br /&gt;
        use                             generic-service&lt;br /&gt;
        host_name                       mailstore.mydomain.tld&lt;br /&gt;
        service_description             Scheduled Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
        check_command                   check_nrpe!CheckTaskSched!filter=&amp;quot;exit_code ne 0&amp;quot; &amp;quot;syntax=%title%: %exit_code%&amp;quot; &amp;quot;crit=&amp;gt;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Service-Check gibt eine Liste alle zeitgesteuerten Aufgaben im Windows Task-Planer aus, deren Exit-Code ungleich Null ist. Bei mehr als einem Ergebnis wird der Check-Status ''Critical'' gesetzt. Die Rückgabe beinhaltet eine Liste aller Aufgaben mit Exit-Code ungleich Null und der Exit-Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Monitoring]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3578</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3578"/>
		<updated>2012-05-24T17:11:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server.  Please refer to the [[MailStore_Help|Manual]] or the [[Quick Start Guide]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp Mail Server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp Mail Server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted as needed (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with directory services before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Advanced'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Mail'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive to Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory trailer path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Directory trailer path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Management''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Options'' tab under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Mailbox path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.com IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3577</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3577"/>
		<updated>2012-05-24T17:10:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server.  Please refer to the [[MailStore_Help|Manual]] or the [[Quick Start Guide]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp Mail Server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp Mail Server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted as needed (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Advanced'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Mail'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive to Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory trailer path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Directory trailer path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Management''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Options'' tab under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Mailbox path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.com IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3576</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3576"/>
		<updated>2012-05-24T17:08:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server.  Please refer to the [[MailStore_Help|Manual]] or the [[Quick Start Guide]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp Mail Server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp Mail Server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Advanced'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Mail'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive to Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory trailer path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Directory trailer path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Management''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Options'' tab under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Mailbox path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.com IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3575</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3575"/>
		<updated>2012-05-24T17:07:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server.  Please refer to the [[MailStore_Help|Manual]] or the [[Quick Start Guide]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp Mail Server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp Mail Server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Advanced'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Mail'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive to Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory trailer path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Directory trailer path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Management''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Options'' tab under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Mailbox path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.com IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3574</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3574"/>
		<updated>2012-05-24T17:05:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Setup of the Archiving Process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server.  Please refer to the [[MailStore_Help|Manual]] or the [[Quick Start Guide]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp Mail Server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp Mail Server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Advanced'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Mail'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive to Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory trailer path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Directory trailer path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Management''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Options'' tab under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Mailbox path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.com IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect&amp;diff=3500</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from Kerio Connect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect&amp;diff=3500"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T21:35:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving a Kerio Connect server (former Kerio MailServer). It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx Test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from a Kerio Connect server which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the internal user databases, Kerio Connect may also use LDAP directory services such as Active Directory to manage and authenticate users. Since MailStore Server also supports Active Directory and other LDAP directory services (e.g. OpenLDAP), it is recommended to set up synchronization in MailStore as well. Additional information on synchronizing users can be found in the corresponding chapter [[Active Directory Integration]] of the MailStore Server manual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' When [[Batch-archiving IMAP Mailboxes|batch-archiving IMAP mailboxes]]  MailStore Server automatically creates non-existing users. The authentication type of those users will be set to ''MailStore-integrated''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When archiving individual mailboxes, Kerio Connect functions the same as any other email server. Please refer to the corresponding chapter ''Archiving Server Mailboxes'' in the MailStore Server manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Hint:''' If MailStore Server is configured to automatically delete successfully archived emails from the mailboxes and you do not want these emails moved to the &amp;quot;Deleted Items&amp;quot; folder by Kerio Connect, follow the instructions under [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Step_2:_Permanently_Deleting_Successfully_Archived_Emails|Permanently Deleting Successfully Archived Emails]] in the [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Archiving_Incoming_and_Outgoing_Emails_Directly|Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly]] section of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When archiving multiple mailboxes, Kerio Connect functions the same as any other email server. Please refer to the corresponding chapter [http://www.mailstore.com/en/e-mail-archiving/batch-archiving-imap-mailboxes-from-csv-file.aspx Batch Archiving of IMAP Mailboxes] in the MailStore manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Hint:''' If MailStore Server is configured to automatically delete successfully archived emails from the mailboxes and you do not want these emails moved to the &amp;quot;Deleted Items&amp;quot; folder by Kerio Connect, follow the instructions under [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Step_2:_Permanently_Deleting_Successfully_Archived_Emails|Permanently Deleting Successfully Archived Emails]] in the [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Archiving_Incoming_and_Outgoing_Emails_Directly|Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly]] section of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Kerio Connect server offers an easy way to deliver all emails to a Kerio Connect specific archiving mailbox. MailStore Server archives this mailbox by means of an archiving task of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setting up a Kerio Connect Archiving Mailbox ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Configuration'' and then on ''Archiving and Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Archiving'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the checkbox ''Enable email archiving''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select the checkbox ''Archive to the remote email address'' and enter the email address of the archive mailbox (e.g. ''mailstore@mydomain.tld'') into the textfield.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Select all four options under ''Archive'':&lt;br /&gt;
** ''Local messages''&lt;br /&gt;
** ''Incoming messages ''&lt;br /&gt;
** ''Outgoing messages'' &lt;br /&gt;
** ''Relayed messages''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:kerio_en_1.png|center|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Permanently Deleting Successfully Archived Emails ==&lt;br /&gt;
By default, Kerio Connect moves all emails that were deleted through IMAP into the folder ''Deleted Items''. As a result, those emails that were successfully archived and then deleted by MailStore are moved into this folder as well. To eliminate this behavior and remove all archived emails from the archiving mailbox permanently, please follow the steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
* In any web browser, open the Kerio Connect Webmail&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as user of the archive mailbox &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''User settings''&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''General'' tab&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the checkbox ''Delete messages permanently (don’t move them to the Deleted Items folder)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:kerio_en_2.png|center|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
Configure MailStore Server to archive the Kerio Connect archive mailbox in regular intervals (e.g. daily at 11pm) using an archiving taks of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After archiving, emails can and should be deleted from the Kerio Connect archive mailbox automatically by MailStore Server. The MailStore Server archiving task can be configured accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/en/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.kerio.com Kerio Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:E-Mail-Archivierung von Kerio Connect]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect&amp;diff=3499</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from Kerio Connect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect&amp;diff=3499"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T21:31:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving a Kerio Connect server (former Kerio MailServer). It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx Test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from a Kerio Connect server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally to the internal user databases, Kerio Connect may also use LDAP directory services such as Active Directory to manage and authenticate users. As MailStore Server also supports Active Directory and other LDAP directory services (e.g. OpenLDAP), it is recommended to set up synchronization in MailStore as well. Additional information on synchronizing users can be found in the corresponding chapter [[Active Directory Integration]] of the MailStore Server manual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' When [[Batch-archiving IMAP Mailboxes|batch-archiving IMAP mailboxes]]  MailStore Server automatically creates non-existing users. The authentication type of those users will be set to ''MailStore-integrated''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When archiving individual mailboxes, Kerio Connect functions the same as any other email server. Please refer to the corresponding chapter ''Archiving Server Mailboxes'' in the MailStore Server manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Hint:''' If MailStore Server is configured to automatically delete successfully archived emails from the mailboxes and want to prevent that they are moved to the &amp;quot;Deleted Items&amp;quot; folder by Kerio Connect, follow the instructions at [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Step_2:_Permanently_Deleting_Successfully_Archived_Emails|Permanently Deleting Successfully Archived Emails]] in the section [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Archiving_Incoming_and_Outgoing_Emails_Directly|Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly]] section of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When archiving multiple mailboxes, Kerio Connect functions the same as any other email server. Please refer to the corresponding chapter [http://www.mailstore.com/en/e-mail-archiving/batch-archiving-imap-mailboxes-from-csv-file.aspx Batch Archiving of IMAP Mailboxes] in the MailStore manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Hint:''' If MailStore Server is configured to automatically delete successfully archived emails from the mailboxes and you do not want these emails moved to the &amp;quot;Deleted Items&amp;quot; folder by Kerio Connect, follow the instructions under [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Step_2:_Permanently_Deleting_Successfully_Archived_Emails|Permanently Deleting Successfully Archived Emails]] in the [[Archiving_Emails_from_Kerio_Connect#Archiving_Incoming_and_Outgoing_Emails_Directly|Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly]] section of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Kerio Connect server offers an easy way to deliver all emails to a Kerio Connect specific archiving mailbox. MailStore Server archives this mailbox by means of an archiving task of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setting up a Kerio Connect Archiving Mailbox ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Configuration'' and then on ''Archiving and Backup''&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''Archiving'' tab&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the checkbox ''Enable email archiving'' &lt;br /&gt;
* Select the checkbox ''Archive to the remote email address'' and enter the email address of the archive mailbox (e.g. ''mailstore@mydomain.tld'') into the textfield.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Select all four options under ''Archive'':&lt;br /&gt;
** ''Local messages''&lt;br /&gt;
** ''Incoming messages ''&lt;br /&gt;
** ''Outgoing messages'' &lt;br /&gt;
** ''Relayed messages''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:kerio_en_1.png|center|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Permanently Deleting Successfully Archived Emails ==&lt;br /&gt;
By default, Kerio Connect moves all emails that were deleted through IMAP into the folder ''Deleted Items''. As a result, those emails that were successfully archived and then deleted by MailStore are moved into this folder as well. To eliminate this behavior and remove all archived emails from the archiving mailbox permanently, please follow the steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
* In any web browser, open the Kerio Connect Webmail&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as user of the archive mailbox &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''User settings''&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the ''General'' tab&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the checkbox ''Delete messages permanently (don’t move them to the Deleted Items folder)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:kerio_en_2.png|center|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
Configure MailStore Server to archive the Kerio Connect archive mailbox in regular intervals (e.g. daily at 11pm) using an archiving taks of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After archiving, emails can and should be deleted from the Kerio Connect archive mailbox automatically by MailStore Server. The MailStore Server archiving task can be configured accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/en/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.kerio.com Kerio Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:E-Mail-Archivierung von Kerio Connect]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_MDaemon&amp;diff=3498</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from MDaemon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_MDaemon&amp;diff=3498"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T20:37:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an MDaemon mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an MDaemon mail server which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the internal user databases, MDaemon may also use SQL databases or LDAP directory services such as Active Directory or OpenLDAP to manage and authenticate users. It is recommended to set up directory service synchronization in MailStore as well. Additional information on synchronizing users can be found in the corresponding chapters of the MailStore Server manual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MDaemon Integration]] (recommended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Active Directory Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generic LDAP Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By following the procedure described here, a single MDaemon mailbox can be archived for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or automatically according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless the mailbox of the current user is to be archived into his or her own user archive, log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator. Only an administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_Server_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new  archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to be able to archive multiple mailboxes, some MailStore users along with their email addresses have to exist in the MailStore user management.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name or IP address of your MDaemon server.&lt;br /&gt;
* From ''Access via'' select the protocol used to access the MDaemon server. It is recommended to select either ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please Note:''' When using the ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'' protocols with a self-signed SSL certificate, you have to set the option ''Ignore SSL security warnings'' if you want to execute the archiving profile based on a scheduled task.  Otherwise the execution of the task will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'', enter the access data of a user who has access to all the MDaemon mailboxes to be archived. This is usually a MDaemon administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Special Folder (optional)'' you may enter the name of the IMAP folder containing sent messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* If needed, adjust the settings for the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Archiving_Specific_Folders|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Archiving_Specific_Folders|deletion rules]]. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The ''Timeout'' value only has to be adjusted in specific cases (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes are to be archived. The following options are available: &lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in MailStore's user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:Choose this option to exclude individual users (and thereby their MDaemon mailboxes) from the archiving process using the list of users below.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:Choose this option to include individual users (and thereby their MDaemon mailboxes) in the archiving process using the list of users below. Only the mailboxes of those users explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Synchronize with Active Directory before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:If selected, the MailStore user list will be synchronized with a directory service before any archiving process is executed. This has the advantage that, for example, new employees will be created as MailStore users before archiving, so once the archiving process is executed, their MDaemon mailbox is archived automatically as well. This option is especially recommended when the archiving process is to be executed regularly according to a schedule.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, a name for the archiving profile can be specified. After clicking on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
More information on how to execute archiving profiles can be found in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
The MDaemon mail server offers an easy way to deliver all emails to an MDaemon specific multidrop mailbox. MailStore Server archives this mailbox by means of an archiving task of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create a new account to be used as multidrop mailbox for archiving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new account by selecting ''Accounts'' and then ''New Account''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Name the account ''mailstore'' and assign a strong password.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the following screenshot you can see the sample configuration for the mailbox ''mailstore@example.com''&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Md_user_01.png|480px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create a new content filter rule for archiving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the content filter editor by selecting ''Security'' an then ''Content Filter''.&lt;br /&gt;
* If not yet enabled, enable the rules processing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose a name for the new rule, e.g. &amp;quot;MailStore Archiving&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Conditions...'' select the checkbox ''If ALL MESSAGES'' and under ''Actions...'' select the checkbox ''COPY the message to FOLDER...''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_01.png|center|480px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the text area on the bottom of the window, click on the link ''specify information''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the window ''Copy message to folder...'' click on ''Browse''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the directory of the account you created in step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_02.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm the path specified.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration is now complete.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_03.png|center|480px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on ''OK'' to save the new content filter rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Client on the computer used to execute the archiving profile based on a scheduled task. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log in as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/en/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mdaemon.com MDaemon Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:E-Mail-Archivierung von MDaemon]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_MDaemon&amp;diff=3497</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from MDaemon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_MDaemon&amp;diff=3497"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T20:23:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Synchronizing Users */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an MDaemon mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an MDaemon mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the internal user databases, MDaemon may also use SQL databases or LDAP directory services such as Active Directory or OpenLDAP to manage and authenticate users. It is recommended to set up directory service synchronization in MailStore as well. Additional information on synchronizing users can be found in the corresponding chapters of the MailStore Server manual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MDaemon Integration]] (recommended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Active Directory Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generic LDAP Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By following the procedure described here, a single MDaemon mailbox can be archived for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or automatically according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless the mailbox of the current user is to be archived into his or her own user archive, log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator. Only an administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_Server_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list in the ''Create Profile'' area of the window, select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new  archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to be able to archive multiple mailboxes, some MailStore users along with their email addresses have to exist in the MailStore user management.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name or IP address of your MDaemon server.&lt;br /&gt;
* From ''Access via'' select the protocol, used to access the MDaemon server. It is recommended to select either ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please Note:''' When using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'' protocol with an self-signed SSL certificate, you have to set the option ''Ignore SSL security warnings'' if you want to execute the archiving profile based on a scheduled task.  Otherwise the execution of the task will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'', enter the access data of a user who has access to all the MDaemon mailboxes that are to be archived. This is usually a MDaemon administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Special Folder (optional)'' you may enter the name of the IMAP folder containing sent messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* If needed, adjust the settings for the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Archiving_Specific_Folders|List of Folders to be Archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Archiving_Specific_Folders|Deletion Rules]]. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The ''Timeout'' value only has to be adjusted in specific cases (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived, as specified at the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes are to be archived. The following options are available: &lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up, along with their email addresses, in MailStore's user management.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:Choose this option to exclude individual users (and thereby their MDaemon mailboxes) from the archiving process, using the list of users below.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:Choose this option to include individual users (and thereby their MDaemon mailboxes) in the archiving process, using the list of users below. Only the mailboxes of those users explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Synchronize with Active Directory before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:If selected, the MailStore user list will be synchronized with a directory service before any archiving process is executed. This has the advantage that, for example, new employees will be created as MailStore users before archiving, so once the archiving process is executed, their MDaemon mailbox is archived automatically as well. This option is especially recommended when the archiving process is to be executed regularly according to a schedule.  &lt;br /&gt;
* In the last step, a name for the archiving profile can be specified. After clicking Finish, the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be run immediately, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
More information on how to execute archiving profiles can be found under the topic [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
The MDaemon mail server offers an easy way to deliver all emails to an MDaemon specific multidrop mailbox. MailStore Server archives this mailbox by means of an archiving task of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create a new account to be used as multidrop mailbox for archiving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new account by selecting ''Accounts'' and then ''New Account''&lt;br /&gt;
* Name the account ''mailstore'' and assign a strong password.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the following screenshot you can see the sample configuration for the mailbox ''mailstore@example.com''&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Md_user_01.png|480px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create a new content filter rule for archiving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the content filter editor by selecting ''Security'' an then ''Content Filter''&lt;br /&gt;
* If not yet enabled, enable the rules processing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New rule''&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose a name for the new rule, e.g. &amp;quot;MailStore Archiving&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Conditions...'' select the checkbox ''If ALL MESSAGES'' and under ''Actions...'' select the checkbox ''COPY the message to FOLDER...''&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_01.png|center|480px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the text area on the bottom of the window, click on the link ''specify information''&lt;br /&gt;
* In the window ''Copy message to folder...'' click on ''Browse''&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the directory of the account you created in step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_02.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm the path specified.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration is now complete.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_03.png|center|480px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on ''OK'' to save the new content filter rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Client from the computer, where you plan to execute the archiving profile regularly based on a scheduled task. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other computer. Log in as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list in the ''Create Profile'' area of the window, select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/en/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mdaemon.com MDaemon Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:E-Mail-Archivierung von MDaemon]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_MDaemon&amp;diff=3496</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from MDaemon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_MDaemon&amp;diff=3496"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T20:22:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Setting Up the Archiving Process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an MDaemon mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an MDaemon mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally to the internal user databases, MDaemon may also use SQL databases or LDAP directory services such as Active Directory or OpenLDAP to manage and authenticate users. It is recommended to set up directory service synchronization in MailStore as well. Additional information on synchronizing users can be found in the corresponding chapters of the MailStore Server manual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MDaemon Integration]] (recommended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Active Directory Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generic LDAP Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By following the procedure described here, a single MDaemon mailbox can be archived for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or automatically according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless the mailbox of the current user is to be archived into his or her own user archive, log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator. Only an administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Single Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_Server_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list in the ''Create Profile'' area of the window, select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new  archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to be able to archive multiple mailboxes, some MailStore users along with their email addresses have to exist in the MailStore user management.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Host'' enter the name or IP address of your MDaemon server.&lt;br /&gt;
* From ''Access via'' select the protocol, used to access the MDaemon server. It is recommended to select either ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please Note:''' When using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'' protocol with an self-signed SSL certificate, you have to set the option ''Ignore SSL security warnings'' if you want to execute the archiving profile based on a scheduled task.  Otherwise the execution of the task will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'', enter the access data of a user who has access to all the MDaemon mailboxes that are to be archived. This is usually a MDaemon administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Special Folder (optional)'' you may enter the name of the IMAP folder containing sent messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* If needed, adjust the settings for the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Archiving_Specific_Folders|List of Folders to be Archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Archiving_Specific_Folders|Deletion Rules]]. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The ''Timeout'' value only has to be adjusted in specific cases (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived, as specified at the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes are to be archived. The following options are available: &lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up, along with their email addresses, in MailStore's user management.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:Choose this option to exclude individual users (and thereby their MDaemon mailboxes) from the archiving process, using the list of users below.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:Choose this option to include individual users (and thereby their MDaemon mailboxes) in the archiving process, using the list of users below. Only the mailboxes of those users explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Synchronize with Active Directory before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*:If selected, the MailStore user list will be synchronized with a directory service before any archiving process is executed. This has the advantage that, for example, new employees will be created as MailStore users before archiving, so once the archiving process is executed, their MDaemon mailbox is archived automatically as well. This option is especially recommended when the archiving process is to be executed regularly according to a schedule.  &lt;br /&gt;
* In the last step, a name for the archiving profile can be specified. After clicking Finish, the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be run immediately, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
More information on how to execute archiving profiles can be found under the topic [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
The MDaemon mail server offers an easy way to deliver all emails to an MDaemon specific multidrop mailbox. MailStore Server archives this mailbox by means of an archiving task of type [[Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create a new account to be used as multidrop mailbox for archiving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new account by selecting ''Accounts'' and then ''New Account''&lt;br /&gt;
* Name the account ''mailstore'' and assign a strong password.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the following screenshot you can see the sample configuration for the mailbox ''mailstore@example.com''&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Md_user_01.png|480px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create a new content filter rule for archiving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the content filter editor by selecting ''Security'' an then ''Content Filter''&lt;br /&gt;
* If not yet enabled, enable the rules processing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''New rule''&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose a name for the new rule, e.g. &amp;quot;MailStore Archiving&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Conditions...'' select the checkbox ''If ALL MESSAGES'' and under ''Actions...'' select the checkbox ''COPY the message to FOLDER...''&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_01.png|center|480px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the text area on the bottom of the window, click on the link ''specify information''&lt;br /&gt;
* In the window ''Copy message to folder...'' click on ''Browse''&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the directory of the account you created in step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_02.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm the path specified.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration is now complete.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Md_cf_03.png|center|480px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on ''OK'' to save the new content filter rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Client from the computer, where you plan to execute the archiving profile regularly based on a scheduled task. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other computer. Log in as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Servers'' list in the ''Create Profile'' area of the window, select ''Alt-N MDaemon'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to assist in specifying the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Mdaemon_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving IMAP and POP3 Multidrop Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/en/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mdaemon.com MDaemon Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:E-Mail-Archivierung von MDaemon]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3495</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3495"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T17:47:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Extended'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Email'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory Path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Folder Path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Administrative Tools''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the user options under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Local Account''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3494</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3494"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T17:45:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archivierung aller E-Mails direkt bei Ein- und Ausgang */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving All Incoming and Outgoing Emails Directly =&lt;br /&gt;
IceWarp Mail Server allows you to deliver all emails to a separate IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox. From this IceWarp Mail Server archiving mailbox and using the respective archiving profile, the archiving process can be executed with MailStore Server. The emails are distributed among the archives of the corresponding MailStore users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Setup of the IceWarp Mail Server Archiving Feature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a central multidrop mailbox to which copies of all incoming and outgoing emails are delivered, IceWarp Mail Server's archiving feature must first be activated and configured. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change to ''Extended'' view.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Email'' and then on ''Archive''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''General'', activate the archiving feature of your IceWarp Mail Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter an ''Archive Directory'' e.g. ''C:\Archive\'' and optionally a ''Directory Path''. IceWarp Mail Server creates a folder structure below the archive directory in the format ''Domain\Mailbox\Folder Path''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Options'' enable ''Do not archive RSS'' and ''Do not archive spam'' if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to save these settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Setup of an IceWarp Mailbox to Access the IceWarp Archive ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archiving feature has been set up, an IceWarp user with access to the IceWarp archive has to be created. This user is later used by MailStore to retrieve the messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to IceWarp Server Administrator or IceWarp WebAdmim as administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Domains &amp;amp; Accounts'' &amp;gt; ''Administrative Tools''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the domain in which you would like to create the new user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the new IceWarp user.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the user options under ''Mailbox'' enter the full path of the archive directory specified in step 1 into the field ''Local Account''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Apply'' to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 3: Configuration of MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the computer from which the archiving task is to be initiated according to a schedule. This can be the MailStore Server computer or any other machine. Log on as MailStore administrator using MailStore Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the ''Email Server'' list under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multidrop Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving_IMAP_and_POP3_Multidrop_Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3493</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3493"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T16:39:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archivierung aller E-Mails direkt bei Ein- und Ausgang =&lt;br /&gt;
Der IceWarp Mail Server bietet eine einfache Möglichkeit, alle E-Mails in ein IceWarp Mail Server-eigenes Archivpostfach zuzustellen. Aus diesem IceWarp Mail Server-Archivpostfach lässt sich dann mit Hilfe des entsprechenden Archivierungsprofils die Archivierung mit MailStore Server durchführen, wobei die E-Mails auf die entsprechenden Archiv der MailStore Benutzer verteilt werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 1: Einrichtung der IceWarp Mail Server-Archivfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein zentrales Sammelpostfach zu erstellen, in dem alle ein- und ausgehenden E-Mails in Kopie zugestellt werden, muss zunächst wie im Folgenden beschrieben die Archivfunktion im IceWarp Mail Server aktiviert und konfiguriert werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie in den Ansichtsmodus ''Erweitert''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mail'' und dann auf ''Archiv''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Allgemein'' die Archivfunktion Ihres IceWarp Mail Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie ein ''Archiv-Verzeichnis'' z.B. ''C:\Archive\'' und optional einen ''Order Pfad'' an. IceWarp Mail Server legt unterhalb des Archiv-Verzeichnisses eine Orderstruktur in Form von ''Domain\Mailbox\Order Pfad'' an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Optionen'' die Option ''RSS nicht archivieren'' und ggf. ''Spam nicht archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Speichern der Konfiguration auf ''Übernehmen''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 2: Einrichtung eines IceWarp-Postfachs zum Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachdem die Archivfunktion eingerichtet wurde, muss ein IceWarp Benutzer eingerichtet werden, welcher Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv besitzt. Dieser wird später zum Abruf der Nachrichten von MailStore verwendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Domänen &amp;amp; Konten'' &amp;gt; ''Verwaltung''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Domäne in welcher Sie den Benutzer anlegen möchten&lt;br /&gt;
* Legen Sie nun wie gewohnt einen neuen IceWarp Benutzer an&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tragen Sie in den Benutzeroptionen unter Postfach im Feld ''lokales Konto'' den vollständigen Pfad zum in Schritt 1 angegebenen Archiv-Verzeichnis an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Fertigstellen auf ''Übernehmen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 3: Konfiguration von MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Starten Sie den MailStore Client an dem PC, von dem aus die Archivierungsaufgabe regelmäßig nach einem Zeitplan angestoßen werden soll. Dies kann der MailStore Server-PC oder ein beliebiger Rechner sein. Melden Sie sich als MailStore-Administrator über den MailStore Client an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mails archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie aus der Liste ''E-Mail-Server'' im Bereich ''Profil erstellen'' des Fensters ''IceWarp Mail Server'' aus, um ein neues Archivierungsprofil zu erstellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Der Assistent zum Festlegen der Archivierungseinstellungen öffnet sich.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''Sammelpostfach'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:IMAP-_und_POP3-Sammelpostfächer_archivieren}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3492</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3492"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T16:37:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the users whose mailboxes you would like to archive. The following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''All users with a configured email address'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Choose this option to archive the mailboxes of all users who are set up in the MailStore user management along with their email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''All users except the following'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to exclude individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) from the archiving process.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Only the following users'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Using the list below, this feature allows you to include individual users (and thereby their IceWarp mailboxes) in in the archiving process. Only the mailboxes of users who were explicitly specified will be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Synchronize with a directory service before archiving'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: If this option is enabled, the MailStore user list is synchronized with the configured directory service before every archiving process. This has the advantage that new employees, for example, will be set up as MailStore users automatically before archiving allowing MailStore to archive their IceWarp mailboxes automatically as well. This feature is especially recommended for archiving mailboxes according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Finally, you can choose a name for the new archiving profile. Once you click on ''Finish'', the archiving profile will be listed under ''Saved Profiles'' and can be executed right away, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about executing archiving profiles is available in chapter [[Email Archiving with MailStore Basics]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archivierung aller E-Mails direkt bei Ein- und Ausgang =&lt;br /&gt;
Der IceWarp Mail Server bietet eine einfache Möglichkeit, alle E-Mails in ein IceWarp Mail Server-eigenes Archivpostfach zuzustellen. Aus diesem IceWarp Mail Server-Archivpostfach lässt sich dann mit Hilfe des entsprechenden Archivierungsprofils die Archivierung mit MailStore Server durchführen, wobei die E-Mails auf die entsprechenden Archiv der MailStore Benutzer verteilt werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 1: Einrichtung der IceWarp Mail Server-Archivfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein zentrales Sammelpostfach zu erstellen, in dem alle ein- und ausgehenden E-Mails in Kopie zugestellt werden, muss zunächst wie im Folgenden beschrieben die Archivfunktion im IceWarp Mail Server aktiviert und konfiguriert werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie in den Ansichtsmodus ''Erweitert''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mail'' und dann auf ''Archiv''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Allgemein'' die Archivfunktion Ihres IceWarp Mail Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie ein ''Archiv-Verzeichnis'' z.B. ''C:\Archive\'' und optional einen ''Order Pfad'' an. IceWarp Mail Server legt unterhalb des Archiv-Verzeichnisses eine Orderstruktur in Form von ''Domain\Mailbox\Order Pfad'' an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Optionen'' die Option ''RSS nicht archivieren'' und ggf. ''Spam nicht archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Speichern der Konfiguration auf ''Übernehmen''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 2: Einrichtung eines IceWarp-Postfachs zum Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachdem die Archivfunktion eingerichtet wurde, muss ein IceWarp Benutzer eingerichtet werden, welcher Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv besitzt. Dieser wird später zum Abruf der Nachrichten von MailStore verwendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Domänen &amp;amp; Konten'' &amp;gt; ''Verwaltung''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Domäne in welcher Sie den Benutzer anlegen möchten&lt;br /&gt;
* Legen Sie nun wie gewohnt einen neuen IceWarp Benutzer an&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tragen Sie in den Benutzeroptionen unter Postfach im Feld ''lokales Konto'' den vollständigen Pfad zum in Schritt 1 angegebenen Archiv-Verzeichnis an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Fertigstellen auf ''Übernehmen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 3: Konfiguration von MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Starten Sie den MailStore Client an dem PC, von dem aus die Archivierungsaufgabe regelmäßig nach einem Zeitplan angestoßen werden soll. Dies kann der MailStore Server-PC oder ein beliebiger Rechner sein. Melden Sie sich als MailStore-Administrator über den MailStore Client an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mails archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie aus der Liste ''E-Mail-Server'' im Bereich ''Profil erstellen'' des Fensters ''IceWarp Mail Server'' aus, um ein neues Archivierungsprofil zu erstellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Der Assistent zum Festlegen der Archivierungseinstellungen öffnet sich.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''Sammelpostfach'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:IMAP-_und_POP3-Sammelpostfächer_archivieren}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3491</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3491"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T15:37:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_with_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived which you will specify next.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie haben nun die Möglichkeit, die Benutzer auszuwählen, deren Postfächer archiviert werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Auswahl:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Alle Benutzer mit konfigurierter E-Mail-Adresse'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Postfächer aller Benutzer zu archivieren, die in der MailStore-Benutzerverwaltung mitsamt einer hinterlegten E-Mail-Adresse eingerichtet sind.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Alle Benutzer außer Folgende'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Über diese Funktion können Sie über die unten stehende Liste einzelne Benutzer (und somit deren IceWarp-Postfächer) von der Archivierung ausschließen.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Nur folgende Benutzer'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Über diese Funktion können Sie über die unten stehende Liste einzelne Benutzer (und somit deren IceWarp-Postfächer) in die  Archivierung einschließen. Es werden nur die Postfächer der Benutzer archiviert, die explizit angegeben sind.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Vor der Archivierung mit Verzeichnisdienst synchronisieren'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wenn Sie diese Option aktivieren, wird vor jedem Archivierungsvorgang die MailStore-Benutzerliste mit dem konfigurierten Verzeichnisdienst synchronisiert. Dies hat den Vorteil, dass zum Beispiel ein neuer Mitarbeiter im Unternehmen vor der Archivierung automatisch als MailStore-Benutzer angelegt wird und MailStore somit auch sein IceWarp-Postfach automatisch archiviert. Diese Option ist gerade dann empfehlenswert, wenn Sie die Archivierung der Postfächer regelmäßig nach Zeitplan durchführen lassen wollen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Im letzten Schritt können Sie einen beliebigen Namen für das Archivierungsprofil festlegen. Nach einem Klick auf ''Finish'' wird das Archivierungsprofil unter diesem Namen in der Liste ''Gespeicherte Profile'' aufgeführt und kann auf Wunsch direkt gestartet werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Informationen zum Ausführen von Archivierungsprofilen finden Sie im Kapitel [[Grundlagen der E-Mail-Archivierung mit MailStore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archivierung aller E-Mails direkt bei Ein- und Ausgang =&lt;br /&gt;
Der IceWarp Mail Server bietet eine einfache Möglichkeit, alle E-Mails in ein IceWarp Mail Server-eigenes Archivpostfach zuzustellen. Aus diesem IceWarp Mail Server-Archivpostfach lässt sich dann mit Hilfe des entsprechenden Archivierungsprofils die Archivierung mit MailStore Server durchführen, wobei die E-Mails auf die entsprechenden Archiv der MailStore Benutzer verteilt werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 1: Einrichtung der IceWarp Mail Server-Archivfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein zentrales Sammelpostfach zu erstellen, in dem alle ein- und ausgehenden E-Mails in Kopie zugestellt werden, muss zunächst wie im Folgenden beschrieben die Archivfunktion im IceWarp Mail Server aktiviert und konfiguriert werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie in den Ansichtsmodus ''Erweitert''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mail'' und dann auf ''Archiv''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Allgemein'' die Archivfunktion Ihres IceWarp Mail Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie ein ''Archiv-Verzeichnis'' z.B. ''C:\Archive\'' und optional einen ''Order Pfad'' an. IceWarp Mail Server legt unterhalb des Archiv-Verzeichnisses eine Orderstruktur in Form von ''Domain\Mailbox\Order Pfad'' an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Optionen'' die Option ''RSS nicht archivieren'' und ggf. ''Spam nicht archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Speichern der Konfiguration auf ''Übernehmen''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 2: Einrichtung eines IceWarp-Postfachs zum Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachdem die Archivfunktion eingerichtet wurde, muss ein IceWarp Benutzer eingerichtet werden, welcher Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv besitzt. Dieser wird später zum Abruf der Nachrichten von MailStore verwendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Domänen &amp;amp; Konten'' &amp;gt; ''Verwaltung''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Domäne in welcher Sie den Benutzer anlegen möchten&lt;br /&gt;
* Legen Sie nun wie gewohnt einen neuen IceWarp Benutzer an&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tragen Sie in den Benutzeroptionen unter Postfach im Feld ''lokales Konto'' den vollständigen Pfad zum in Schritt 1 angegebenen Archiv-Verzeichnis an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Fertigstellen auf ''Übernehmen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 3: Konfiguration von MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Starten Sie den MailStore Client an dem PC, von dem aus die Archivierungsaufgabe regelmäßig nach einem Zeitplan angestoßen werden soll. Dies kann der MailStore Server-PC oder ein beliebiger Rechner sein. Melden Sie sich als MailStore-Administrator über den MailStore Client an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mails archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie aus der Liste ''E-Mail-Server'' im Bereich ''Profil erstellen'' des Fensters ''IceWarp Mail Server'' aus, um ein neues Archivierungsprofil zu erstellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Der Assistent zum Festlegen der Archivierungseinstellungen öffnet sich.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''Sammelpostfach'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:IMAP-_und_POP3-Sammelpostfächer_archivieren}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3490</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3490"/>
		<updated>2012-05-12T15:36:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* To be able to archive multiple mailboxes, MailStore users along with their email addresses have to be set up in the MailStore user management. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Server Name'' enter the name of your IceWarp mail server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Access via'' select the protocol to be used to access the IceWarp mail server. Wherever possible, you should always choose ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Please note:''' If you would like to automate the archiving process and access the IceWarp mail server using ''IMAP-TLS'' or ''IMAP-SSL'', you should enable the option ''Ignore SSL Security Warnings''. Otherwise, if an unofficial or self-signed certificate is used on the IceWarp mail server, the automatic execution of the archiving process will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''User Name'' and ''Password'' enter the access data of a user who has access to all IceWarp mailboxes to be archived. With IceWarp Mail this is a user with administrative privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Customize the [[Email_Archiving_With_MailStore_Basics#Selecting_Folders_for_Archiving|list of folders to be archived]], the filter and the [[Email_Archiving_With_MailStore_Basics#Deleting_Emails_after_Archiving|deletion rules]] as needed. By default, no emails will be deleted from the mailbox. The timeout value only has to be adjusted if necessary (e.g. with very slow servers). Please keep in mind that these settings apply to all mailboxes to be archived which you will specify next.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie haben nun die Möglichkeit, die Benutzer auszuwählen, deren Postfächer archiviert werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Auswahl:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Alle Benutzer mit konfigurierter E-Mail-Adresse'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Postfächer aller Benutzer zu archivieren, die in der MailStore-Benutzerverwaltung mitsamt einer hinterlegten E-Mail-Adresse eingerichtet sind.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Alle Benutzer außer Folgende'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Über diese Funktion können Sie über die unten stehende Liste einzelne Benutzer (und somit deren IceWarp-Postfächer) von der Archivierung ausschließen.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Nur folgende Benutzer'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Über diese Funktion können Sie über die unten stehende Liste einzelne Benutzer (und somit deren IceWarp-Postfächer) in die  Archivierung einschließen. Es werden nur die Postfächer der Benutzer archiviert, die explizit angegeben sind.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Vor der Archivierung mit Verzeichnisdienst synchronisieren'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wenn Sie diese Option aktivieren, wird vor jedem Archivierungsvorgang die MailStore-Benutzerliste mit dem konfigurierten Verzeichnisdienst synchronisiert. Dies hat den Vorteil, dass zum Beispiel ein neuer Mitarbeiter im Unternehmen vor der Archivierung automatisch als MailStore-Benutzer angelegt wird und MailStore somit auch sein IceWarp-Postfach automatisch archiviert. Diese Option ist gerade dann empfehlenswert, wenn Sie die Archivierung der Postfächer regelmäßig nach Zeitplan durchführen lassen wollen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Im letzten Schritt können Sie einen beliebigen Namen für das Archivierungsprofil festlegen. Nach einem Klick auf ''Finish'' wird das Archivierungsprofil unter diesem Namen in der Liste ''Gespeicherte Profile'' aufgeführt und kann auf Wunsch direkt gestartet werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Informationen zum Ausführen von Archivierungsprofilen finden Sie im Kapitel [[Grundlagen der E-Mail-Archivierung mit MailStore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archivierung aller E-Mails direkt bei Ein- und Ausgang =&lt;br /&gt;
Der IceWarp Mail Server bietet eine einfache Möglichkeit, alle E-Mails in ein IceWarp Mail Server-eigenes Archivpostfach zuzustellen. Aus diesem IceWarp Mail Server-Archivpostfach lässt sich dann mit Hilfe des entsprechenden Archivierungsprofils die Archivierung mit MailStore Server durchführen, wobei die E-Mails auf die entsprechenden Archiv der MailStore Benutzer verteilt werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 1: Einrichtung der IceWarp Mail Server-Archivfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein zentrales Sammelpostfach zu erstellen, in dem alle ein- und ausgehenden E-Mails in Kopie zugestellt werden, muss zunächst wie im Folgenden beschrieben die Archivfunktion im IceWarp Mail Server aktiviert und konfiguriert werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie in den Ansichtsmodus ''Erweitert''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mail'' und dann auf ''Archiv''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Allgemein'' die Archivfunktion Ihres IceWarp Mail Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie ein ''Archiv-Verzeichnis'' z.B. ''C:\Archive\'' und optional einen ''Order Pfad'' an. IceWarp Mail Server legt unterhalb des Archiv-Verzeichnisses eine Orderstruktur in Form von ''Domain\Mailbox\Order Pfad'' an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Optionen'' die Option ''RSS nicht archivieren'' und ggf. ''Spam nicht archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Speichern der Konfiguration auf ''Übernehmen''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 2: Einrichtung eines IceWarp-Postfachs zum Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachdem die Archivfunktion eingerichtet wurde, muss ein IceWarp Benutzer eingerichtet werden, welcher Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv besitzt. Dieser wird später zum Abruf der Nachrichten von MailStore verwendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Domänen &amp;amp; Konten'' &amp;gt; ''Verwaltung''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Domäne in welcher Sie den Benutzer anlegen möchten&lt;br /&gt;
* Legen Sie nun wie gewohnt einen neuen IceWarp Benutzer an&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tragen Sie in den Benutzeroptionen unter Postfach im Feld ''lokales Konto'' den vollständigen Pfad zum in Schritt 1 angegebenen Archiv-Verzeichnis an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Fertigstellen auf ''Übernehmen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 3: Konfiguration von MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Starten Sie den MailStore Client an dem PC, von dem aus die Archivierungsaufgabe regelmäßig nach einem Zeitplan angestoßen werden soll. Dies kann der MailStore Server-PC oder ein beliebiger Rechner sein. Melden Sie sich als MailStore-Administrator über den MailStore Client an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mails archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie aus der Liste ''E-Mail-Server'' im Bereich ''Profil erstellen'' des Fensters ''IceWarp Mail Server'' aus, um ein neues Archivierungsprofil zu erstellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Der Assistent zum Festlegen der Archivierungseinstellungen öffnet sich.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''Sammelpostfach'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:IMAP-_und_POP3-Sammelpostfächer_archivieren}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3489</id>
		<title>Archiving Emails from IceWarp Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Archiving_Emails_from_IceWarp_Server&amp;diff=3489"/>
		<updated>2012-05-11T22:58:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please note:''' This tutorial only covers the specifics of archiving an IceWarp mail server. It is assumed that you already have a MailStore Server installation or [http://www.mailstore.com/en/lp/sendlicense.aspx test installation] and are familiar with the fundamentals of MailStore Server. Please refer to the [[Manual]] or the [http://www.mailstore.com/en/doc/server4-quickstart-en.pdf Quick Start Guide] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers several ways to archive emails from an IceWarp mail server, which are described below. If you are not sure which archiving method best suits your company, please refer to the chapter [[Choosing the Right Archiving Strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Synchronizing Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server offers special support for synchronizing users with an IceWarp mail server. Information about setup is available in chapter [[IceWarp Server Integration]] of the manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Individual Mailboxes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the procedure described below you can archive an individual IceWarp mail server mailbox for a specific MailStore user. The archiving process can be executed manually or according to a schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup of the Archiving Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each mailbox please proceed as follows::&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to archive your own mailbox into your personal user archive, please log on as MailStore administrator. Only a MailStore administrator can archive emails for other users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''Email Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_mailbox_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Individual Mailbox''.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:Archiving Server Mailboxes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archiving Multiple Mailboxes in One Step =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10.4, IceWarp Mail Server allows users with the appropriate user privileges to access the mailboxes of other users via IMAP. Once a new user has been created or an existing user has been provided with the corresponding privileges, please proceed as follows Nachdem Sie einen neuen Benutzer angelegt oder einen bestehenden Benutzer mit entsprechenden Berechtigungen versehen habe, fahren Sie mit der Einrichtung des Archivierungsprofils wie folgt fort:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log on to MailStore Client as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* From the list ''E-Mail-Server'' under ''Create Profile'' select ''IceWarp Mail Server'' to create a new archiving profile.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard opens to help specify the archiving settings.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Multiple Mailboxes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Die Archivierung mehrerer Postfächer erfordert, dass bereits MailStore-Benutzer mitsamt Ihrer E-Mail-Adressen in der MailStore-Benutzerverwaltung angelegt sind. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter ''Servername'' den Namen Ihres IceWarp Mail Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie unter ''Zugriff via'' das Protokoll aus, über das auf den IceWarp Mail Server zugegriffen werden soll. Sie sollten nach Möglichkeit immer ''IMAP-TLS'' oder ''IMAP-SSL'' auswählen.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Hinweis:''' Wenn Sie die Archivierung automatisieren möchten und auf den IceWarp Mail Server per ''IMAP-TLS'' oder ''IMAP-SSL'' zugreifen, sollten Sie die Option ''SSL-Warnungen ignorieren'' aktivieren. Die automatische Ausführung der Archivierung schlägt sonst fehl, wenn auf dem IceWarp Mail Server ein nicht-offizielles oder selbst signiertes Zertifikat verwendet wird.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter ''Benutzername'' und ''Kennwort'' die Zugangsdaten des Benutzers ein, der Zugriff auf alle zu archivierenden IceWarp Mail-Postfächer besitzt. Dies ist bei IceWarp Mail ein Benutzer mit administrativen Rechten.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Weiter'', um fortzufahren.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_02.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Passen Sie bei Bedarf die [[Grundlagen_der_E-Mail-Archivierung_mit_MailStore#Festlegen_der_zu_archivierenden_Ordner|Liste der zu archivierenden Ordner]], den Filter und die [[Grundlagen_der_E-Mail-Archivierung_mit_MailStore#E-Mails_nach_ihrer_Archivierung_l.C3.B6schen|Löschoptionen]] an. In den Standardeinstellungen werden keine E-Mails aus dem Postfach gelöscht. Der Timeout-Wert muss nur im konkreten Bedarfsfall (z.B. bei sehr langsam reagierenden Servern) angepasst werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass diese Einstellungen für alle zu archivierenden Postfächer gelten, die Sie im nächsten Schritt bestimmen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Weiter'', um fortzufahren.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_mailboxes_03.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie haben nun die Möglichkeit, die Benutzer auszuwählen, deren Postfächer archiviert werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Auswahl:&lt;br /&gt;
*:'''Alle Benutzer mit konfigurierter E-Mail-Adresse'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Postfächer aller Benutzer zu archivieren, die in der MailStore-Benutzerverwaltung mitsamt einer hinterlegten E-Mail-Adresse eingerichtet sind.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Alle Benutzer außer Folgende'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Über diese Funktion können Sie über die unten stehende Liste einzelne Benutzer (und somit deren IceWarp-Postfächer) von der Archivierung ausschließen.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Nur folgende Benutzer'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Über diese Funktion können Sie über die unten stehende Liste einzelne Benutzer (und somit deren IceWarp-Postfächer) in die  Archivierung einschließen. Es werden nur die Postfächer der Benutzer archiviert, die explizit angegeben sind.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Vor der Archivierung mit Verzeichnisdienst synchronisieren'''&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wenn Sie diese Option aktivieren, wird vor jedem Archivierungsvorgang die MailStore-Benutzerliste mit dem konfigurierten Verzeichnisdienst synchronisiert. Dies hat den Vorteil, dass zum Beispiel ein neuer Mitarbeiter im Unternehmen vor der Archivierung automatisch als MailStore-Benutzer angelegt wird und MailStore somit auch sein IceWarp-Postfach automatisch archiviert. Diese Option ist gerade dann empfehlenswert, wenn Sie die Archivierung der Postfächer regelmäßig nach Zeitplan durchführen lassen wollen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Im letzten Schritt können Sie einen beliebigen Namen für das Archivierungsprofil festlegen. Nach einem Klick auf ''Fertigstellen'' wird das Archivierungsprofil unter diesem Namen in der Liste ''Gespeicherte Profile'' aufgeführt und kann auf Wunsch direkt gestartet werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Informationen zum Ausführen von Archivierungsprofilen finden Sie im Kapitel [[Grundlagen der E-Mail-Archivierung mit MailStore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Archivierung aller E-Mails direkt bei Ein- und Ausgang =&lt;br /&gt;
Der IceWarp Mail Server bietet eine einfache Möglichkeit, alle E-Mails in ein IceWarp Mail Server-eigenes Archivpostfach zuzustellen. Aus diesem IceWarp Mail Server-Archivpostfach lässt sich dann mit Hilfe des entsprechenden Archivierungsprofils die Archivierung mit MailStore Server durchführen, wobei die E-Mails auf die entsprechenden Archiv der MailStore Benutzer verteilt werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 1: Einrichtung der IceWarp Mail Server-Archivfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein zentrales Sammelpostfach zu erstellen, in dem alle ein- und ausgehenden E-Mails in Kopie zugestellt werden, muss zunächst wie im Folgenden beschrieben die Archivfunktion im IceWarp Mail Server aktiviert und konfiguriert werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wechseln Sie in den Ansichtsmodus ''Erweitert''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mail'' und dann auf ''Archiv''.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_01.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Allgemein'' die Archivfunktion Ihres IceWarp Mail Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie ein ''Archiv-Verzeichnis'' z.B. ''C:\Archive\'' und optional einen ''Order Pfad'' an. IceWarp Mail Server legt unterhalb des Archiv-Verzeichnisses eine Orderstruktur in Form von ''Domain\Mailbox\Order Pfad'' an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt ''Optionen'' die Option ''RSS nicht archivieren'' und ggf. ''Spam nicht archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Speichern der Konfiguration auf ''Übernehmen''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 2: Einrichtung eines IceWarp-Postfachs zum Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachdem die Archivfunktion eingerichtet wurde, muss ein IceWarp Benutzer eingerichtet werden, welcher Zugriff auf das IceWarp Archiv besitzt. Dieser wird später zum Abruf der Nachrichten von MailStore verwendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Melden Sie sich als Administrator am IceWarp Server Administrator oder IceWarp WebAdmim an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''Domänen &amp;amp; Konten'' &amp;gt; ''Verwaltung''&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf die Domäne in welcher Sie den Benutzer anlegen möchten&lt;br /&gt;
* Legen Sie nun wie gewohnt einen neuen IceWarp Benutzer an&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:IceWarp_user_02.png|480px|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tragen Sie in den Benutzeroptionen unter Postfach im Feld ''lokales Konto'' den vollständigen Pfad zum in Schritt 1 angegebenen Archiv-Verzeichnis an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie zum Fertigstellen auf ''Übernehmen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schritt 3: Konfiguration von MailStore Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Starten Sie den MailStore Client an dem PC, von dem aus die Archivierungsaufgabe regelmäßig nach einem Zeitplan angestoßen werden soll. Dies kann der MailStore Server-PC oder ein beliebiger Rechner sein. Melden Sie sich als MailStore-Administrator über den MailStore Client an.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf ''E-Mails archivieren''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie aus der Liste ''E-Mail-Server'' im Bereich ''Profil erstellen'' des Fensters ''IceWarp Mail Server'' aus, um ein neues Archivierungsprofil zu erstellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Der Assistent zum Festlegen der Archivierungseinstellungen öffnet sich.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:IceWarp_catchall_00.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie ''Sammelpostfach'' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Includes:IMAP-_und_POP3-Sammelpostfächer_archivieren}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Weblinks =&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mailstore.com/de/support.aspx MailStore Support]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.icewarp.de IceWarp Homepage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:/E-Mail-Archivierung_von_IceWarp_Mail_Server]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3415</id>
		<title>Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3415"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T02:52:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Setting Up User Access to the Archive */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Starting MailStore Client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After successful [[Installation|installation]], a new ''MailStore Client'' icon will appear on the desktop; simply double click this icon to start MailStore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background Information:''' With MailStore Client, a Windows application, users can search the archive and view archived emails. The administration of MailStore Server is also done through MailStore Client. Therefore, when installing MailStore Server, an installation of MailClient is automatically included as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On as Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gsta_login_01.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When logging on as administrator, you will be prompted for the access data. Server name ''localhost'', user name ''admin'' and password ''admin'' are preset; simply click on ''OK''. If asked whether to trust MailStore Server, click on ''OK'' as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing a License ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If MailStore Server was installed for the first time, the license manager will open after logging on as administrator. Here you can install a free 30-day trial license or an already purchased license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the Password (Recommended)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure security, the administrator password should be changed after the first start of MailStore: simply click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' &amp;gt; ''Users''. Double-click on the ''admin'' user and select ''Password...''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important notice:''' For security reasons you will not be allowed to log on to MailStore as user ''admin'' from any other computer, as long as the password is set to ''admin''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Adding New Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When emails are archived, they are always assigned to individual users. For each user, whose emails are to be archived with MailStore, a corresponding user account has to be created in MailStore. As a suggestion, begin by adding a user account for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice:''' This chapter describes how you can add a MailStore user manually. However, users can also be added through [[Active Directory Integration]], [[Generic LDAP Integration]] or [[MDaemon Integration]]. In addition, MailStore users can be created automatically while archiving a Microsoft Exchange Server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening User Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QuickStart_users.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' and select ''Users''; user management is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a New User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Create New...'' and enter a user name for the new user such as the first name or a short combination of first and last name. Click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next screen, the full name can be entered; the button ''password'' provides the option to create a MailStore password for the new user. Click on ''OK'' to save the settings and close user management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On to MailStore Server as User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To log on to MailStore Server using the new user account, simply close and restart MailStore Client. On the login screen, enter the new access data (user name and password) and click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating and Executing an Archiving Task =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' Depending on the type of archiving profile, some preparations may be required on your email server . Therefore, please refer to the [[Implementation Guides]] to get detailed information on how to archive your email server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have set up their accounts, you can archive emails for the new users:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WuickStart_arch.png|left|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Create Profile'' area of the application window, select the source from which emails are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard will help you define the properties of your archiving task (e.g. which mailbox is to be archived by which email server).&lt;br /&gt;
* Once completed, you can find your new archiving task in the list under ''Saved Profiles''.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can now run your archiving task manually or specify a schedule for its execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Each archiving task can be executed any number of times. MailStore only archives emails which are not yet stored in the archive. By default, no emails will be deleted and no changes will be made to the mailboxes, email clients or email files (e.g. PST files) that are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* When archiving, emails will be indexed automatically and can be located using the integrated full-text search. By default, the contents of file attachments are not included in the search index. To be able to include the contents of certain file attachments in the search, MailStore Server has to be configured accordingly. This can be done in ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' &amp;gt; ''Search Indexes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Setting Up User Access to the Archive =&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore provides several different ways for users to access their archived emails (i.e. their user archive):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using MailStore Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Client is a Windows application that can be installed on any number of user computers (depending on the license purchased). Of all the options for accessing the archive, MailStore Client provides the largest range of features: Not only can users browse and view their emails but, depending on the privileges assigned to them, set up and execute archiving and exporting tasks. The available MailStore Client features are explained in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the MailStore Client software]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the MailStore Add-In for Microsoft Outlook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Outlook add-in must be installed separately. In Microsoft Outlook it provides an additional toolbar which can be used to conveniently access the archive. Additional information about this neat feature can be found in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the Microsoft Outlook integration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using Other Email Clients == &lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server provides an integrated IMAP server for accessing the archive regardless of the operating system. It can be used to access the archive from Mac OS or Linux workstations as well as most mobile terminals. The archive is integrated just like a regular mailbox. To learn how to prepare MailStore Server for this, please refer to chapter [[Accessing the Archive via Integrated IMAP Server]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using an Internet Browser (MailStore Web Access) ==&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Web Access, the archive can be accessed using any internet browser; no additional software has to be installed on the user computers. Simply enter ''http://servername:8461'',or ''https://servername:8462'' for an encrypted connection, into your browser. Please replace ''servername'' with the actual name of the server on which MailStore Server is installed. More information about this feature is available chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using a Smartphone (iPhone, Android, Windows Phone, etc.) == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Mobile Web Access you can access the MailStore archive regardless of your location using a smartphone. In addition to browsing and viewing archived emails, MailStore Mobile Web Access also provides access via the folder structure and allows you to restore emails from the archive. The features offered by MailStore Mobile Web Access are described in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Mobile Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Quick_Start_Guide]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3414</id>
		<title>Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3414"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T02:47:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Creating and Executing an Archiving Task */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Starting MailStore Client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After successful [[Installation|installation]], a new ''MailStore Client'' icon will appear on the desktop; simply double click this icon to start MailStore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background Information:''' With MailStore Client, a Windows application, users can search the archive and view archived emails. The administration of MailStore Server is also done through MailStore Client. Therefore, when installing MailStore Server, an installation of MailClient is automatically included as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On as Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gsta_login_01.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When logging on as administrator, you will be prompted for the access data. Server name ''localhost'', user name ''admin'' and password ''admin'' are preset; simply click on ''OK''. If asked whether to trust MailStore Server, click on ''OK'' as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing a License ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If MailStore Server was installed for the first time, the license manager will open after logging on as administrator. Here you can install a free 30-day trial license or an already purchased license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the Password (Recommended)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure security, the administrator password should be changed after the first start of MailStore: simply click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' &amp;gt; ''Users''. Double-click on the ''admin'' user and select ''Password...''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important notice:''' For security reasons you will not be allowed to log on to MailStore as user ''admin'' from any other computer, as long as the password is set to ''admin''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Adding New Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When emails are archived, they are always assigned to individual users. For each user, whose emails are to be archived with MailStore, a corresponding user account has to be created in MailStore. As a suggestion, begin by adding a user account for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice:''' This chapter describes how you can add a MailStore user manually. However, users can also be added through [[Active Directory Integration]], [[Generic LDAP Integration]] or [[MDaemon Integration]]. In addition, MailStore users can be created automatically while archiving a Microsoft Exchange Server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening User Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QuickStart_users.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' and select ''Users''; user management is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a New User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Create New...'' and enter a user name for the new user such as the first name or a short combination of first and last name. Click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next screen, the full name can be entered; the button ''password'' provides the option to create a MailStore password for the new user. Click on ''OK'' to save the settings and close user management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On to MailStore Server as User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To log on to MailStore Server using the new user account, simply close and restart MailStore Client. On the login screen, enter the new access data (user name and password) and click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating and Executing an Archiving Task =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' Depending on the type of archiving profile, some preparations may be required on your email server . Therefore, please refer to the [[Implementation Guides]] to get detailed information on how to archive your email server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have set up their accounts, you can archive emails for the new users:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WuickStart_arch.png|left|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Create Profile'' area of the application window, select the source from which emails are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard will help you define the properties of your archiving task (e.g. which mailbox is to be archived by which email server).&lt;br /&gt;
* Once completed, you can find your new archiving task in the list under ''Saved Profiles''.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can now run your archiving task manually or specify a schedule for its execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Each archiving task can be executed any number of times. MailStore only archives emails which are not yet stored in the archive. By default, no emails will be deleted and no changes will be made to the mailboxes, email clients or email files (e.g. PST files) that are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* When archiving, emails will be indexed automatically and can be located using the integrated full-text search. By default, the contents of file attachments are not included in the search index. To be able to include the contents of certain file attachments in the search, MailStore Server has to be configured accordingly. This can be done in ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' &amp;gt; ''Search Indexes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Setting Up User Access to the Archive =&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore provides several different ways for users to access their archived emails (their user archive):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using MailStore Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Client is a Windows application that can be installed on any number of user computers (depending on the license purchased). Of all the options for accessing the archive, MailStore Client provides the largest range of functions: Not only can users browse and view their emails but, depending on the privileges assigned to them, set up and execute archiving and exporting tasks. The available functions of MailStore Client are explained in the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the MailStore Client software]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the MailStore Add-In for Microsoft Outlook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das MailStore Outlook add-in must be installed separately. In Microsoft Outlook it provides an additional toolbar which can be used to conveniently access the archive. Additional information about this neat feature can be found in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the Microsoft Outlook integration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using Other Email Clients == &lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server provides an integrated IMAP server for accessing the archive regardless of the operating system. It can be used to access the archive from Mac OS or Linux workstations as well as most mobile terminals. The archive is integrated just like a regular mailbox. To learn how to prepare MailStore Server for this, please refer to chapter [[Accessing the Archive via Integrated IMAP Server]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using an Internet Browser (MailStore Web Access) ==&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Web Access, the archive can be accessed using any internet browser; no additional software has to be installed on the user computers. Simply enter ''http://servername:8461'',or ''https://servername:8462'' for an encrypted connection, into your browser. Please replace ''servername'' with the actual name of the server on which MailStore Server was installed. More information about this feature is available the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using a Smartphone (iPhone, Android, Windows Phone, etc.) == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Mobile Web Access you can access the MailStore archive regardless of your location using a smartphone. In addition to browsing and viewing archived emails, MailStore Mobile Web Access also provides access via the folder structure and allows you to restore emails from the archive. The features of MailStore Mobile Web Access offers are described in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Mobile Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Quick_Start_Guide]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3413</id>
		<title>Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3413"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T02:45:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Adding New Users */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Starting MailStore Client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After successful [[Installation|installation]], a new ''MailStore Client'' icon will appear on the desktop; simply double click this icon to start MailStore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background Information:''' With MailStore Client, a Windows application, users can search the archive and view archived emails. The administration of MailStore Server is also done through MailStore Client. Therefore, when installing MailStore Server, an installation of MailClient is automatically included as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On as Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gsta_login_01.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When logging on as administrator, you will be prompted for the access data. Server name ''localhost'', user name ''admin'' and password ''admin'' are preset; simply click on ''OK''. If asked whether to trust MailStore Server, click on ''OK'' as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing a License ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If MailStore Server was installed for the first time, the license manager will open after logging on as administrator. Here you can install a free 30-day trial license or an already purchased license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the Password (Recommended)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure security, the administrator password should be changed after the first start of MailStore: simply click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' &amp;gt; ''Users''. Double-click on the ''admin'' user and select ''Password...''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important notice:''' For security reasons you will not be allowed to log on to MailStore as user ''admin'' from any other computer, as long as the password is set to ''admin''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Adding New Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When emails are archived, they are always assigned to individual users. For each user, whose emails are to be archived with MailStore, a corresponding user account has to be created in MailStore. As a suggestion, begin by adding a user account for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice:''' This chapter describes how you can add a MailStore user manually. However, users can also be added through [[Active Directory Integration]], [[Generic LDAP Integration]] or [[MDaemon Integration]]. In addition, MailStore users can be created automatically while archiving a Microsoft Exchange Server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening User Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QuickStart_users.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' and select ''Users''; user management is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a New User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Create New...'' and enter a user name for the new user such as the first name or a short combination of first and last name. Click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next screen, the full name can be entered; the button ''password'' provides the option to create a MailStore password for the new user. Click on ''OK'' to save the settings and close user management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On to MailStore Server as User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To log on to MailStore Server using the new user account, simply close and restart MailStore Client. On the login screen, enter the new access data (user name and password) and click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating and Executing an Archiving Task =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' Depending on the type of archiving profile, some preparations may be required on your email server . Therefore, please take notice of the [[Implementation Guides]], to get detailed information on how to archive your email server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have set up their accounts, you can archive emails for the new users:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WuickStart_arch.png|left|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Create Profile'' area of the application window, select the source from which emails are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard will help you define the properties of your archiving task (e.g. which mailbox is to be archived by which email server).&lt;br /&gt;
* Once completed, you can find your new archiving task in the list under ''Saved Profiles''.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can now run your archiving task manually or specify a schedule for its execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Each archiving task can be executed any number of times. MailStore only archives emails which are not yet stored in the archive. By default, no emails will be deleted and no changes will be made to the mailboxes, email clients or email files (e.g. PST files) that are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* When archiving, emails will be indexed automatically and can be located using the integrated full-text search. By default, the contents of file attachments are not included in the search index. To be able to include the contents of certain file attachments in the search, MailStore Server has to be configured accordingly. This can be done in ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' &amp;gt; ''Search Indexes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Setting Up User Access to the Archive =&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore provides several different ways for users to access their archived emails (their user archive):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using MailStore Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Client is a Windows application that can be installed on any number of user computers (depending on the license purchased). Of all the options for accessing the archive, MailStore Client provides the largest range of functions: Not only can users browse and view their emails but, depending on the privileges assigned to them, set up and execute archiving and exporting tasks. The available functions of MailStore Client are explained in the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the MailStore Client software]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the MailStore Add-In for Microsoft Outlook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das MailStore Outlook add-in must be installed separately. In Microsoft Outlook it provides an additional toolbar which can be used to conveniently access the archive. Additional information about this neat feature can be found in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the Microsoft Outlook integration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using Other Email Clients == &lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server provides an integrated IMAP server for accessing the archive regardless of the operating system. It can be used to access the archive from Mac OS or Linux workstations as well as most mobile terminals. The archive is integrated just like a regular mailbox. To learn how to prepare MailStore Server for this, please refer to chapter [[Accessing the Archive via Integrated IMAP Server]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using an Internet Browser (MailStore Web Access) ==&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Web Access, the archive can be accessed using any internet browser; no additional software has to be installed on the user computers. Simply enter ''http://servername:8461'',or ''https://servername:8462'' for an encrypted connection, into your browser. Please replace ''servername'' with the actual name of the server on which MailStore Server was installed. More information about this feature is available the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using a Smartphone (iPhone, Android, Windows Phone, etc.) == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Mobile Web Access you can access the MailStore archive regardless of your location using a smartphone. In addition to browsing and viewing archived emails, MailStore Mobile Web Access also provides access via the folder structure and allows you to restore emails from the archive. The features of MailStore Mobile Web Access offers are described in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Mobile Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Quick_Start_Guide]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3412</id>
		<title>Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3412"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T02:42:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Installing a License */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Starting MailStore Client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After successful [[Installation|installation]], a new ''MailStore Client'' icon will appear on the desktop; simply double click this icon to start MailStore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background Information:''' With MailStore Client, a Windows application, users can search the archive and view archived emails. The administration of MailStore Server is also done through MailStore Client. Therefore, when installing MailStore Server, an installation of MailClient is automatically included as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On as Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gsta_login_01.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When logging on as administrator, you will be prompted for the access data. Server name ''localhost'', user name ''admin'' and password ''admin'' are preset; simply click on ''OK''. If asked whether to trust MailStore Server, click on ''OK'' as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing a License ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If MailStore Server was installed for the first time, the license manager will open after logging on as administrator. Here you can install a free 30-day trial license or an already purchased license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the Password (Recommended)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure security, the administrator password should be changed after the first start of MailStore: simply click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' &amp;gt; ''Users''. Double-click on the ''admin'' user and select ''Password...''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important notice:''' For security reasons you will not be allowed to log on to MailStore as user ''admin'' from any other computer, as long as the password is set to ''admin''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Adding New Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When emails are archived, they are always assigned to individual users. For each user, whose emails are to be archived with MailStore, a corresponding user account has to be created in MailStore. As a suggestion, begin by adding a user account for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice:''' This chapter describes how you can add a MailStore user manually. However, users can also be added through [[Active Directory Integration]], [[Generic LDAP Integration]] or [[MDaemon Integration]]. In addition, MailStore users can be created automatically during archiving a Microsoft Exchange Server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening User Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QuickStart_users.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' and select ''Users''; user management is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a New User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Create New...'' and enter a user name for the new user, such as the first name or a short combination of first and last name. Click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next screen, the full name can be entered; the button ''password'' provides the option to create a MailStore password for the new user. Click on ''OK'' to save the settings and close user management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On to MailStore Server as User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To log on to MailStore Server using the new user account, simply close and restart MailStore Client. On the login screen enter the new access data (user name and password) and click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating and Executing an Archiving Task =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' Depending on the type of archiving profile, some preparations may be required on your email server . Therefore, please take notice of the [[Implementation Guides]], to get detailed information on how to archive your email server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have set up their accounts, you can archive emails for the new users:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WuickStart_arch.png|left|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Create Profile'' area of the application window, select the source from which emails are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard will help you define the properties of your archiving task (e.g. which mailbox is to be archived by which email server).&lt;br /&gt;
* Once completed, you can find your new archiving task in the list under ''Saved Profiles''.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can now run your archiving task manually or specify a schedule for its execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Each archiving task can be executed any number of times. MailStore only archives emails which are not yet stored in the archive. By default, no emails will be deleted and no changes will be made to the mailboxes, email clients or email files (e.g. PST files) that are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* When archiving, emails will be indexed automatically and can be located using the integrated full-text search. By default, the contents of file attachments are not included in the search index. To be able to include the contents of certain file attachments in the search, MailStore Server has to be configured accordingly. This can be done in ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' &amp;gt; ''Search Indexes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Setting Up User Access to the Archive =&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore provides several different ways for users to access their archived emails (their user archive):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using MailStore Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Client is a Windows application that can be installed on any number of user computers (depending on the license purchased). Of all the options for accessing the archive, MailStore Client provides the largest range of functions: Not only can users browse and view their emails but, depending on the privileges assigned to them, set up and execute archiving and exporting tasks. The available functions of MailStore Client are explained in the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the MailStore Client software]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the MailStore Add-In for Microsoft Outlook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das MailStore Outlook add-in must be installed separately. In Microsoft Outlook it provides an additional toolbar which can be used to conveniently access the archive. Additional information about this neat feature can be found in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the Microsoft Outlook integration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using Other Email Clients == &lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server provides an integrated IMAP server for accessing the archive regardless of the operating system. It can be used to access the archive from Mac OS or Linux workstations as well as most mobile terminals. The archive is integrated just like a regular mailbox. To learn how to prepare MailStore Server for this, please refer to chapter [[Accessing the Archive via Integrated IMAP Server]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using an Internet Browser (MailStore Web Access) ==&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Web Access, the archive can be accessed using any internet browser; no additional software has to be installed on the user computers. Simply enter ''http://servername:8461'',or ''https://servername:8462'' for an encrypted connection, into your browser. Please replace ''servername'' with the actual name of the server on which MailStore Server was installed. More information about this feature is available the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using a Smartphone (iPhone, Android, Windows Phone, etc.) == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Mobile Web Access you can access the MailStore archive regardless of your location using a smartphone. In addition to browsing and viewing archived emails, MailStore Mobile Web Access also provides access via the folder structure and allows you to restore emails from the archive. The features of MailStore Mobile Web Access offers are described in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Mobile Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Quick_Start_Guide]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3411</id>
		<title>Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Quick_Start_Guide&amp;diff=3411"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T02:41:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Loggin On as Administrator */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Starting MailStore Client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After successful [[Installation|installation]], a new ''MailStore Client'' icon will appear on the desktop; simply double click this icon to start MailStore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background Information:''' With MailStore Client, a Windows application, users can search the archive and view archived emails. The administration of MailStore Server is also done through MailStore Client. Therefore, when installing MailStore Server, an installation of MailClient is automatically included as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On as Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gsta_login_01.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When logging on as administrator, you will be prompted for the access data. Server name ''localhost'', user name ''admin'' and password ''admin'' are preset; simply click on ''OK''. If asked whether to trust MailStore Server, click on ''OK'' as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing a License ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If MailStore Server was installed for the first time, the license manager will open after logging on as administrator. Here you can install a free 30-day test license or an already purchased license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the Password (Recommended)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure security, the administrator password should be changed after the first start of MailStore: simply click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' &amp;gt; ''Users''. Double-click on the ''admin'' user and select ''Password...''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important notice:''' For security reasons you will not be allowed to log on to MailStore as user ''admin'' from any other computer, as long as the password is set to ''admin''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Adding New Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When emails are archived, they are always assigned to individual users. For each user, whose emails are to be archived with MailStore, a corresponding user account has to be created in MailStore. As a suggestion, begin by adding a user account for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice:''' This chapter describes how you can add a MailStore user manually. However, users can also be added through [[Active Directory Integration]], [[Generic LDAP Integration]] or [[MDaemon Integration]]. In addition, MailStore users can be created automatically during archiving a Microsoft Exchange Server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening User Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QuickStart_users.png|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Users and Privileges'' and select ''Users''; user management is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a New User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on ''Create New...'' and enter a user name for the new user, such as the first name or a short combination of first and last name. Click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next screen, the full name can be entered; the button ''password'' provides the option to create a MailStore password for the new user. Click on ''OK'' to save the settings and close user management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging On to MailStore Server as User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To log on to MailStore Server using the new user account, simply close and restart MailStore Client. On the login screen enter the new access data (user name and password) and click on ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating and Executing an Archiving Task =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' Depending on the type of archiving profile, some preparations may be required on your email server . Therefore, please take notice of the [[Implementation Guides]], to get detailed information on how to archive your email server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have set up their accounts, you can archive emails for the new users:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WuickStart_arch.png|left|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Archive Email''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the ''Create Profile'' area of the application window, select the source from which emails are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* A wizard will help you define the properties of your archiving task (e.g. which mailbox is to be archived by which email server).&lt;br /&gt;
* Once completed, you can find your new archiving task in the list under ''Saved Profiles''.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can now run your archiving task manually or specify a schedule for its execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Each archiving task can be executed any number of times. MailStore only archives emails which are not yet stored in the archive. By default, no emails will be deleted and no changes will be made to the mailboxes, email clients or email files (e.g. PST files) that are to be archived.&lt;br /&gt;
* When archiving, emails will be indexed automatically and can be located using the integrated full-text search. By default, the contents of file attachments are not included in the search index. To be able to include the contents of certain file attachments in the search, MailStore Server has to be configured accordingly. This can be done in ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' &amp;gt; ''Search Indexes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Setting Up User Access to the Archive =&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore provides several different ways for users to access their archived emails (their user archive):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using MailStore Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Client is a Windows application that can be installed on any number of user computers (depending on the license purchased). Of all the options for accessing the archive, MailStore Client provides the largest range of functions: Not only can users browse and view their emails but, depending on the privileges assigned to them, set up and execute archiving and exporting tasks. The available functions of MailStore Client are explained in the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the MailStore Client software]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the MailStore Add-In for Microsoft Outlook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das MailStore Outlook add-in must be installed separately. In Microsoft Outlook it provides an additional toolbar which can be used to conveniently access the archive. Additional information about this neat feature can be found in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with the Microsoft Outlook integration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using Other Email Clients == &lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server provides an integrated IMAP server for accessing the archive regardless of the operating system. It can be used to access the archive from Mac OS or Linux workstations as well as most mobile terminals. The archive is integrated just like a regular mailbox. To learn how to prepare MailStore Server for this, please refer to chapter [[Accessing the Archive via Integrated IMAP Server]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using an Internet Browser (MailStore Web Access) ==&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Web Access, the archive can be accessed using any internet browser; no additional software has to be installed on the user computers. Simply enter ''http://servername:8461'',or ''https://servername:8462'' for an encrypted connection, into your browser. Please replace ''servername'' with the actual name of the server on which MailStore Server was installed. More information about this feature is available the chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using a Smartphone (iPhone, Android, Windows Phone, etc.) == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With MailStore Mobile Web Access you can access the MailStore archive regardless of your location using a smartphone. In addition to browsing and viewing archived emails, MailStore Mobile Web Access also provides access via the folder structure and allows you to restore emails from the archive. The features of MailStore Mobile Web Access offers are described in chapter [[Accessing the Archive with MailStore Mobile Web Access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Quick_Start_Guide]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3410</id>
		<title>Backup and Restore</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3410"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T01:55:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Restoring Backups */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Backup =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preliminary Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server supports two methods to perform a full backup of the email archive including all user settings: the MailStore integrated backup feature and the use of external backup software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which method best suits the needs of your business depends on your preferences as well as your system environment. In smaller environments without a designated administrator, the integrated backup feature has the advantage that no extensive configuration needs to be performed in order to make sure that the backup is successfully completed and that all pertinent data and directories are included. To be able to transfer the data (for example to Digital Audio Tape), it is necessary to integrate the backed up data into another system backup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using external backup software (e.g. Symantec Backup Exec, Windows NTBackup or Acronis True Image,) a few measures have to be taken to be able to create a successful backup. However, it has the advantage that the MailStore Server data can be integrated into existing backup strategies without having to perform a separate system backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' In MailStore's ''Administrative Tools'' under ''Storage Locations'', older archive stores can be write-protected. Write-protected archive stores remain available to all users (although they cannot be moved or deleted) and no longer have to be included in ongoing backup procedures. These archive stores can be stored on cost-efficient storage media. More information about archive stores and storage locations is available under [[Storage Locations]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Which Data Must be Backed Up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
Each archive store in MailStore consists of three components:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
* Email headers and contents	&lt;br /&gt;
* Full text index &lt;br /&gt;
 			&lt;br /&gt;
While ''folder information and meta data'' as well as ''email headers and contents'' are a unit that requires consistency, full text indexes can be reconstructed if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the archive stores, the MailStore master database (MailStoreMaster.fdb) must be backed up as well because it contains all configuration settings of the users and profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the MailStore Integrated Backup Feature =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore has built-in technology to perform a full backup of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A full backup contains all archived emails and all program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' When using the integrated backup feature, MailStore only supports standard archive stores. If you are using advanced archive stores, a full backup can only be performed using external backup software.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a complete database backup, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as MailStore administrator (admin)&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' and select ''Create Archive Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_archive_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the ''Target Directory'' and specify the scope of the backup. For determining which archive stores should be included in the backup, the following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup all archive stores''' - All currently attached standard archive stores are archived.&lt;br /&gt;
** ''' Backup all archive stores that are not write-protected''' - With MailStore Server archive stores can be write-protected. Users are still able to access the data of a write-protected archive store but are no longer able to make any changes (by adding or deleting emails). If a backup of a write-protected standard archive store has already been performed, it can be excluded from the backup procedure using this option.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup the following archive stores''' - With this option the backup can be limited to specific standard archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
* After selecting the appropriate option, click on ''Start Now'' to perform a single backup. &lt;br /&gt;
* To perform a backup at regular intervals, click on ''Schedule...'' and create the appropriate task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' The archive cannot be accessed while a backup is in progress. Trying to access the archive will generate the error message &amp;quot;Due to maintenance the server is currently unavailable.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Backup Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Standard Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service provides external backup software using Microsoft Volume Shadow Service with a so-called Volume Shadow Service Writer (VSS Writer). The external backup software can use it to create consistent backups of the MailStore master database and all standard archive stores. If this method succeeds, however, largely depends on the backup software which is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify if the appropriate VSS events were initiated in MailStore during a backup, open the system protocol in the Windows event viewer and search for the following events:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  VSS EVENTS HERE&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these events cannot be found in the system protocol, no consistent backup using Volume Shadow Service was performed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case please make sure that the MailStore Server service is stopped during the backup using external backup software. Please refer to your backup software's documentation to learn how to stop services before performing backups and how to restart services upon their completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Advanced Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced archive stores allow you to store individual components of the archive store data in different locations. For example, folder information and meta data can be stored in an SQL database while saving email headers and contents in the file system. Depending on the storage locations, the order can be crucial for a consistent backup.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in the same location:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all data of an advanced archive store is stored in the same location (file system or SQL database), the consistency of this location must be kept in mind. This can be done using the Volume Shadow Service or appropriate database backup software, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in different locations:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of the backup is crucial for the consistency of the archive store backup. Please adhere to the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of the folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of email headers and contents &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that upon recovery, for all folder information and metadata there exist the corresponding email headers and contents, and that data integrity is maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Restoring Backups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how a database backup of the entire email archive, which was created using the integrated backup feature, can be restored. Information about archiving individual files (in EML or MSG format) is available in the chapter [[Archiving_Emails_from_External_Systems_(File_Import)|Archiving Emails from External Systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A database backup which was created using the integrated backup feature contains all archived emails and program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a Database Backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An operative installation of MailStore Server is required to restore a database backup. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy the database backup to a local hard drive on the computer or to a respective network share.&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It is located in the MailStore Server program folder that can be accessed through the Windows Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Below ''Master Database'', click on ''Browse...'' and select the backup directory containing the file ''MailStoreMaster.fdb''. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_restore_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
* At the bottom of the window, click on ''Restart Service'' to save the new settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* When creating the backup, the folder names of the archive store may have changed. Please use the [[Storage Locations|Storage Locations Management]] to adjust the paths to the archive stores or rename the folders in the file system accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* The backup is completely restored to the application and the archive can be used as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional archive stores may exist which will not have been restored to the archive after following these steps. In this case, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the MailStore Server PC and log on as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' click on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the screen, click on ''Attach...'' and select the appropriate archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeat those steps until all archive stores are attached and available again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Datensicherung und Wiederherstellung]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3409</id>
		<title>Backup and Restore</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3409"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T01:50:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Backup of Standard Archive Stores */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Backup =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preliminary Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server supports two methods to perform a full backup of the email archive including all user settings: the MailStore integrated backup feature and the use of external backup software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which method best suits the needs of your business depends on your preferences as well as your system environment. In smaller environments without a designated administrator, the integrated backup feature has the advantage that no extensive configuration needs to be performed in order to make sure that the backup is successfully completed and that all pertinent data and directories are included. To be able to transfer the data (for example to Digital Audio Tape), it is necessary to integrate the backed up data into another system backup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using external backup software (e.g. Symantec Backup Exec, Windows NTBackup or Acronis True Image,) a few measures have to be taken to be able to create a successful backup. However, it has the advantage that the MailStore Server data can be integrated into existing backup strategies without having to perform a separate system backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' In MailStore's ''Administrative Tools'' under ''Storage Locations'', older archive stores can be write-protected. Write-protected archive stores remain available to all users (although they cannot be moved or deleted) and no longer have to be included in ongoing backup procedures. These archive stores can be stored on cost-efficient storage media. More information about archive stores and storage locations is available under [[Storage Locations]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Which Data Must be Backed Up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
Each archive store in MailStore consists of three components:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
* Email headers and contents	&lt;br /&gt;
* Full text index &lt;br /&gt;
 			&lt;br /&gt;
While ''folder information and meta data'' as well as ''email headers and contents'' are a unit that requires consistency, full text indexes can be reconstructed if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the archive stores, the MailStore master database (MailStoreMaster.fdb) must be backed up as well because it contains all configuration settings of the users and profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the MailStore Integrated Backup Feature =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore has built-in technology to perform a full backup of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A full backup contains all archived emails and all program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' When using the integrated backup feature, MailStore only supports standard archive stores. If you are using advanced archive stores, a full backup can only be performed using external backup software.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a complete database backup, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as MailStore administrator (admin)&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' and select ''Create Archive Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_archive_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the ''Target Directory'' and specify the scope of the backup. For determining which archive stores should be included in the backup, the following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup all archive stores''' - All currently attached standard archive stores are archived.&lt;br /&gt;
** ''' Backup all archive stores that are not write-protected''' - With MailStore Server archive stores can be write-protected. Users are still able to access the data of a write-protected archive store but are no longer able to make any changes (by adding or deleting emails). If a backup of a write-protected standard archive store has already been performed, it can be excluded from the backup procedure using this option.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup the following archive stores''' - With this option the backup can be limited to specific standard archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
* After selecting the appropriate option, click on ''Start Now'' to perform a single backup. &lt;br /&gt;
* To perform a backup at regular intervals, click on ''Schedule...'' and create the appropriate task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' The archive cannot be accessed while a backup is in progress. Trying to access the archive will generate the error message &amp;quot;Due to maintenance the server is currently unavailable.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Backup Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Standard Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service provides external backup software using Microsoft Volume Shadow Service with a so-called Volume Shadow Service Writer (VSS Writer). The external backup software can use it to create consistent backups of the MailStore master database and all standard archive stores. If this method succeeds, however, largely depends on the backup software which is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify if the appropriate VSS events were initiated in MailStore during a backup, open the system protocol in the Windows event viewer and search for the following events:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  VSS EVENTS HERE&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these events cannot be found in the system protocol, no consistent backup using Volume Shadow Service was performed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case please make sure that the MailStore Server service is stopped during the backup using external backup software. Please refer to your backup software's documentation to learn how to stop services before performing backups and how to restart services upon their completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Advanced Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced archive stores allow you to store individual components of the archive store data in different locations. For example, folder information and meta data can be stored in an SQL database while saving email headers and contents in the file system. Depending on the storage locations, the order can be crucial for a consistent backup.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in the same location:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all data of an advanced archive store is stored in the same location (file system or SQL database), the consistency of this location must be kept in mind. This can be done using the Volume Shadow Service or appropriate database backup software, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in different locations:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of the backup is crucial for the consistency of the archive store backup. Please adhere to the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of the folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of email headers and contents &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that upon recovery, for all folder information and metadata there exist the corresponding email headers and contents, and that data integrity is maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Restoring Backups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how a database backup of the entire email archive can be restored which was backed up using the integrated backup feature. Information about archiving individual files (in EML or MSG format) is available in the chapter [[Archiving_Emails_from_External_Systems_(File_Import)|Archiving Emails from External Systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A database backup which was created using the integrated backup feature contains all archived emails and program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a Database Backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An operative installation of MailStore Server is required to restore a database backup. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy the database backup to a local hard drive on the computer or to a respective network share.&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It is located in the MailStore Server program folder that can be accessed through the Windows Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Below ''Master Database'', click on ''Browse...'' and select the backup directory containing the file ''MailStoreMaster.fdb''. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_restore_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
* At the bottom of the window, click on ''Restart Service'' to save the new settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* When creating the backup, the folder names of the archive store may have changed. Please use the [[Storage Locations|Storage Locations Management]] to adjust the paths to the archive stores or rename the folders in the file system accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* The backup is completely restored to the application and the archive can be used as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional archive stores may exist which will not have been restored to the archive after following these steps. In this case, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the MailStore Server PC and log on as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' click on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the screen, click on ''Attach...'' and select the appropriate archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeat those steps until all archive stores are attached and available again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Datensicherung und Wiederherstellung]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3408</id>
		<title>Backup and Restore</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3408"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T01:48:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Backup of Standard Archive Stores */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Backup =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preliminary Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server supports two methods to perform a full backup of the email archive including all user settings: the MailStore integrated backup feature and the use of external backup software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which method best suits the needs of your business depends on your preferences as well as your system environment. In smaller environments without a designated administrator, the integrated backup feature has the advantage that no extensive configuration needs to be performed in order to make sure that the backup is successfully completed and that all pertinent data and directories are included. To be able to transfer the data (for example to Digital Audio Tape), it is necessary to integrate the backed up data into another system backup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using external backup software (e.g. Symantec Backup Exec, Windows NTBackup or Acronis True Image,) a few measures have to be taken to be able to create a successful backup. However, it has the advantage that the MailStore Server data can be integrated into existing backup strategies without having to perform a separate system backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' In MailStore's ''Administrative Tools'' under ''Storage Locations'', older archive stores can be write-protected. Write-protected archive stores remain available to all users (although they cannot be moved or deleted) and no longer have to be included in ongoing backup procedures. These archive stores can be stored on cost-efficient storage media. More information about archive stores and storage locations is available under [[Storage Locations]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Which Data Must be Backed Up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
Each archive store in MailStore consists of three components:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
* Email headers and contents	&lt;br /&gt;
* Full text index &lt;br /&gt;
 			&lt;br /&gt;
While ''folder information and meta data'' as well as ''email headers and contents'' are a unit that requires consistency, full text indexes can be reconstructed if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the archive stores, the MailStore master database (MailStoreMaster.fdb) must be backed up as well because it contains all configuration settings of the users and profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the MailStore Integrated Backup Feature =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore has built-in technology to perform a full backup of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A full backup contains all archived emails and all program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' When using the integrated backup feature, MailStore only supports standard archive stores. If you are using advanced archive stores, a full backup can only be performed using external backup software.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a complete database backup, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as MailStore administrator (admin)&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' and select ''Create Archive Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_archive_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the ''Target Directory'' and specify the scope of the backup. For determining which archive stores should be included in the backup, the following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup all archive stores''' - All currently attached standard archive stores are archived.&lt;br /&gt;
** ''' Backup all archive stores that are not write-protected''' - With MailStore Server archive stores can be write-protected. Users are still able to access the data of a write-protected archive store but are no longer able to make any changes (by adding or deleting emails). If a backup of a write-protected standard archive store has already been performed, it can be excluded from the backup procedure using this option.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup the following archive stores''' - With this option the backup can be limited to specific standard archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
* After selecting the appropriate option, click on ''Start Now'' to perform a single backup. &lt;br /&gt;
* To perform a backup at regular intervals, click on ''Schedule...'' and create the appropriate task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' The archive cannot be accessed while a backup is in progress. Trying to access the archive will generate the error message &amp;quot;Due to maintenance the server is currently unavailable.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Backup Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Standard Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service provides external backup software using Microsoft Volume Shadow Service with a so-called Volume Shadow Service Writer (VSS Writer). The external backup software can use it to create consistent backups of the MailStore master database and all standard archive stores. If this method succeeds, however, largely depends on the backup software which is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify if the appropriate VSS events were initiated in MailStore during a backup, open the system protocol in the Windows event viewer and search for the following events:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  VSS EVENTS HERE&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these events cannot be found in the system protocol, no consistent backup using Volume Shadow Service was performed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case please make sure that during the backup using external backup software, the MailStore Server service is stopped. Please refer to your backup software's documentation to learn how to stop services before performing backups and how to restart services upon their completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Advanced Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced archive stores allow you to store individual components of the archive store data in different locations. For example, folder information and meta data can be stored in an SQL database while saving email headers and contents in the file system. Depending on the storage locations, the order can be crucial for a consistent backup.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in the same location:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all data of an advanced archive store is stored in the same location (file system or SQL database), the consistency of this location must be kept in mind. This can be done using the Volume Shadow Service or appropriate database backup software, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in different locations:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of the backup is crucial for the consistency of the archive store backup. Please adhere to the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of the folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of email headers and contents &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that upon recovery, for all folder information and metadata there exist the corresponding email headers and contents, and that data integrity is maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Restoring Backups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how a database backup of the entire email archive can be restored which was backed up using the integrated backup feature. Information about archiving individual files (in EML or MSG format) is available in the chapter [[Archiving_Emails_from_External_Systems_(File_Import)|Archiving Emails from External Systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A database backup which was created using the integrated backup feature contains all archived emails and program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a Database Backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An operative installation of MailStore Server is required to restore a database backup. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy the database backup to a local hard drive on the computer or to a respective network share.&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It is located in the MailStore Server program folder that can be accessed through the Windows Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Below ''Master Database'', click on ''Browse...'' and select the backup directory containing the file ''MailStoreMaster.fdb''. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_restore_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
* At the bottom of the window, click on ''Restart Service'' to save the new settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* When creating the backup, the folder names of the archive store may have changed. Please use the [[Storage Locations|Storage Locations Management]] to adjust the paths to the archive stores or rename the folders in the file system accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* The backup is completely restored to the application and the archive can be used as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional archive stores may exist which will not have been restored to the archive after following these steps. In this case, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the MailStore Server PC and log on as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' click on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the screen, click on ''Attach...'' and select the appropriate archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeat those steps until all archive stores are attached and available again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Datensicherung und Wiederherstellung]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3407</id>
		<title>Backup and Restore</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3407"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T01:37:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Which Data Must be Backed Up? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Backup =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preliminary Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server supports two methods to perform a full backup of the email archive including all user settings: the MailStore integrated backup feature and the use of external backup software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which method best suits the needs of your business depends on your preferences as well as your system environment. In smaller environments without a designated administrator, the integrated backup feature has the advantage that no extensive configuration needs to be performed in order to make sure that the backup is successfully completed and that all pertinent data and directories are included. To be able to transfer the data (for example to Digital Audio Tape), it is necessary to integrate the backed up data into another system backup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using external backup software (e.g. Symantec Backup Exec, Windows NTBackup or Acronis True Image,) a few measures have to be taken to be able to create a successful backup. However, it has the advantage that the MailStore Server data can be integrated into existing backup strategies without having to perform a separate system backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' In MailStore's ''Administrative Tools'' under ''Storage Locations'', older archive stores can be write-protected. Write-protected archive stores remain available to all users (although they cannot be moved or deleted) and no longer have to be included in ongoing backup procedures. These archive stores can be stored on cost-efficient storage media. More information about archive stores and storage locations is available under [[Storage Locations]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Which Data Must be Backed Up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
Each archive store in MailStore consists of three components:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
* Email headers and contents	&lt;br /&gt;
* Full text index &lt;br /&gt;
 			&lt;br /&gt;
While ''folder information and meta data'' as well as ''email headers and contents'' are a unit that requires consistency, full text indexes can be reconstructed if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the archive stores, the MailStore master database (MailStoreMaster.fdb) must be backed up as well because it contains all configuration settings of the users and profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the MailStore Integrated Backup Feature =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore has built-in technology to perform a full backup of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A full backup contains all archived emails and all program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' When using the integrated backup feature, MailStore only supports standard archive stores. If you are using advanced archive stores, a full backup can only be performed using external backup software.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a complete database backup, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as MailStore administrator (admin)&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' and select ''Create Archive Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_archive_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the ''Target Directory'' and specify the scope of the backup. For determining which archive stores should be included in the backup, the following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup all archive stores''' - All currently attached standard archive stores are archived.&lt;br /&gt;
** ''' Backup all archive stores that are not write-protected''' - With MailStore Server archive stores can be write-protected. Users are still able to access the data of a write-protected archive store but are no longer able to make any changes (by adding or deleting emails). If a backup of a write-protected standard archive store has already been performed, it can be excluded from the backup procedure using this option.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup the following archive stores''' - With this option the backup can be limited to specific standard archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
* After selecting the appropriate option, click on ''Start Now'' to perform a single backup. &lt;br /&gt;
* To perform a backup at regular intervals, click on ''Schedule...'' and create the appropriate task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' The archive cannot be accessed while a backup is in progress. Trying to access the archive will generate the error message &amp;quot;Due to maintenance the server is currently unavailable.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Backup Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Standard Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service provides external backup software using Microsoft Volume Shadow Service with a so-called Volume Shadow Service Writer (VSS Writer). The external backup software can use it to create consitstent backups of the MailStore master database and all standard archive stores. If this method succeeds, however, largely depends on the backup software which is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify if the appropriate VSS events were initiated in MailStore during a backup, open the system protocol in the Windows event viewer and search for the following events:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  VSS EVENTS HERE&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these events cannot be found in the system protocol, no consistent backup using Volume Shadow Service was performed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case please make sure that during the backup using external backup software, the MailStore Server service is stopped. Please refer to your backup software's documentation to learn how to stop services before performing backups and how to restart services upon their completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Advanced Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced archive stores allow you to store individual components of the archive store data in different locations. For example, folder information and meta data can be stored in an SQL database while saving email headers and contents in the file system. Depending on the storage locations, the order can be crucial for a consistent backup.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in the same location:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all data of an advanced archive store is stored in the same location (file system or SQL database), the consistency of this location must be kept in mind. This can be done using the Volume Shadow Service or appropriate database backup software, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in different locations:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of the backup is crucial for the consistency of the archive store backup. Please adhere to the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of the folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of email headers and contents &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that upon recovery, for all folder information and metadata there exist the corresponding email headers and contents, and that data integrity is maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Restoring Backups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how a database backup of the entire email archive can be restored which was backed up using the integrated backup feature. Information about archiving individual files (in EML or MSG format) is available in the chapter [[Archiving_Emails_from_External_Systems_(File_Import)|Archiving Emails from External Systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A database backup which was created using the integrated backup feature contains all archived emails and program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a Database Backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An operative installation of MailStore Server is required to restore a database backup. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy the database backup to a local hard drive on the computer or to a respective network share.&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It is located in the MailStore Server program folder that can be accessed through the Windows Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Below ''Master Database'', click on ''Browse...'' and select the backup directory containing the file ''MailStoreMaster.fdb''. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_restore_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
* At the bottom of the window, click on ''Restart Service'' to save the new settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* When creating the backup, the folder names of the archive store may have changed. Please use the [[Storage Locations|Storage Locations Management]] to adjust the paths to the archive stores or rename the folders in the file system accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* The backup is completely restored to the application and the archive can be used as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional archive stores may exist which will not have been restored to the archive after following these steps. In this case, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the MailStore Server PC and log on as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' click on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the screen, click on ''Attach...'' and select the appropriate archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeat those steps until all archive stores are attached and available again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Datensicherung und Wiederherstellung]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3406</id>
		<title>Backup and Restore</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Backup_and_Restore&amp;diff=3406"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T00:29:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Preliminary Considerations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Backup =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preliminary Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Server supports two methods to perform a full backup of the email archive including all user settings: the MailStore integrated backup feature and the use of external backup software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which method best suits the needs of your business depends on your preferences as well as your system environment. In smaller environments without a designated administrator, the integrated backup feature has the advantage that no extensive configuration needs to be performed in order to make sure that the backup is successfully completed and that all pertinent data and directories are included. To be able to transfer the data (for example to Digital Audio Tape), it is necessary to integrate the backed up data into another system backup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using external backup software (e.g. Symantec Backup Exec, Windows NTBackup or Acronis True Image,) a few measures have to be taken to be able to create a successful backup. However, it has the advantage that the MailStore Server data can be integrated into existing backup strategies without having to perform a separate system backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' In MailStore's ''Administrative Tools'' under ''Storage Locations'', older archive stores can be write-protected. Write-protected archive stores remain available to all users (although they cannot be moved or deleted) and no longer have to be included in ongoing backup procedures. These archive stores can be stored on cost-efficient storage media. More information about archive stores and storage locations is available under [[Storage Locations]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Which Data Must be Backed Up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
Each archive store in MailStore consists of three components:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
* Email headers and contents	&lt;br /&gt;
* Full text index &lt;br /&gt;
 			&lt;br /&gt;
While folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents are a unit that requires consistency, full text indexes can be reconstructed if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the archive stores, the MailStore master database (MailStoreMaster.fdb) must be backed up as well, because it contains all configuration settings of the users and profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the MailStore Integrated Backup Feature =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore has built-in technology to perform a full backup of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A full backup contains all archived emails and all program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' When using the integrated backup feature, MailStore only supports standard archive stores. If you are using advanced archive stores, a full backup can only be performed using external backup software.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a complete database backup, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as MailStore administrator (admin)&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' and select ''Create Archive Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_archive_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the ''Target Directory'' and specify the scope of the backup. For determining which archive stores should be included in the backup, the following options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup all archive stores''' - All currently attached standard archive stores are archived.&lt;br /&gt;
** ''' Backup all archive stores that are not write-protected''' - With MailStore Server archive stores can be write-protected. Users are still able to access the data of a write-protected archive store but are no longer able to make any changes (by adding or deleting emails). If a backup of a write-protected standard archive store has already been performed, it can be excluded from the backup procedure using this option.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Backup the following archive stores''' - With this option the backup can be limited to specific standard archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
* After selecting the appropriate option, click on ''Start Now'' to perform a single backup. &lt;br /&gt;
* To perform a backup at regular intervals, click on ''Schedule...'' and create the appropriate task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' The archive cannot be accessed while a backup is in progress. Trying to access the archive will generate the error message &amp;quot;Due to maintenance the server is currently unavailable.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using External Backup Software =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Standard Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service provides external backup software using Microsoft Volume Shadow Service with a so-called Volume Shadow Service Writer (VSS Writer). The external backup software can use it to create consitstent backups of the MailStore master database and all standard archive stores. If this method succeeds, however, largely depends on the backup software which is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify if the appropriate VSS events were initiated in MailStore during a backup, open the system protocol in the Windows event viewer and search for the following events:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  VSS EVENTS HERE&lt;br /&gt;
 		&lt;br /&gt;
  ###############&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these events cannot be found in the system protocol, no consistent backup using Volume Shadow Service was performed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case please make sure that during the backup using external backup software, the MailStore Server service is stopped. Please refer to your backup software's documentation to learn how to stop services before performing backups and how to restart services upon their completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Backup of Advanced Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced archive stores allow you to store individual components of the archive store data in different locations. For example, folder information and meta data can be stored in an SQL database while saving email headers and contents in the file system. Depending on the storage locations, the order can be crucial for a consistent backup.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in the same location:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all data of an advanced archive store is stored in the same location (file system or SQL database), the consistency of this location must be kept in mind. This can be done using the Volume Shadow Service or appropriate database backup software, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Folder information and meta data as well as email headers and contents were stored in different locations:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of the backup is crucial for the consistency of the archive store backup. Please adhere to the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of the folder information and meta data&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup of email headers and contents &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that upon recovery, for all folder information and metadata there exist the corresponding email headers and contents, and that data integrity is maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Restoring Backups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how a database backup of the entire email archive can be restored which was backed up using the integrated backup feature. Information about archiving individual files (in EML or MSG format) is available in the chapter [[Archiving_Emails_from_External_Systems_(File_Import)|Archiving Emails from External Systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A database backup which was created using the integrated backup feature contains all archived emails and program settings such as users and privileges. Restoring such a backup is sufficient to completely reinstate the original archive without having to perform any further configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a Database Backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An operative installation of MailStore Server is required to restore a database backup. Please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy the database backup to a local hard drive on the computer or to a respective network share.&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It is located in the MailStore Server program folder that can be accessed through the Windows Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Below ''Master Database'', click on ''Browse...'' and select the backup directory containing the file ''MailStoreMaster.fdb''. &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:bkup_restore_01.png|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''OK'' to confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
* At the bottom of the window, click on ''Restart Service'' to save the new settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* When creating the backup, the folder names of the archive store may have changed. Please use the [[Storage Locations|Storage Locations Management]] to adjust the paths to the archive stores or rename the folders in the file system accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* The backup is completely restored to the application and the archive can be used as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional archive stores may exist which will not have been restored to the archive after following these steps. In this case, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client on the MailStore Server PC and log on as MailStore administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Administrative Tools'' &amp;gt; ''Storage'' click on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the screen, click on ''Attach...'' and select the appropriate archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeat those steps until all archive stores are attached and available again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Datensicherung und Wiederherstellung]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3405</id>
		<title>MailStore Server Service Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3405"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T00:26:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Debug Log */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic administrative features are available through the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It can be accessed through the MailStore Server application folder in the Windows Start menu or the corresponding desktop shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tech_config_01.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, the current status of the MailStore Server service is shown. The service can be controlled using the ''Start Service'', ''Restart Service'' and ''Stop Service'' buttons. This may be necessary after certain changes to the configuration have been made or before performing backups, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Base Configuration - General=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Master Database''' - Select the storage location of an existing master database. When choosing an empty directory, a new master database is created therein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features''' - Individual components for accessing the MailStore server can be activated or deactivated. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTP)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (unencrypted / STARTTLS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (SSL)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Administrations API (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These components can be configured under ''IP Addresses and Ports''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Locksmith''' - Use this feature to restore the user &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; with the password &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;. The MailStore Server service has to be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IP Addresses and Ports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to activating or deactivating individual components, you can choose the IP address and the port to which a component is to be linked as well as the SSL certificate that is to be used for encrypted connections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IP Address''' - IP address at which the component receives connections. Generally, it is advisable to link all MailStore components to all IP addresses (Standard).&lt;br /&gt;
'''Port''' - Indicates the TCP port at which the component receives connections.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Example:''' If no web server other than MailStore Web Access is installed (e.g. an IIS website, Microsoft Outlook Web Access or SharePoint), the HTTP- and HTTPS standard ports (80 and 443) can be specified. This way, users can access MailStore Web access directly using the URLs &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Server Certificate''' - Shows the current SSL certificate for the respective component of the MailStore server. To view details about the SSL certificate, click on its name. Using the button next to the name you can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Select an SSL certificate from the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new self-signed SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Import an SSL certificate from a file directly into the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Startup Script =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service can execute a script before startup. The script can be used to establish a connection to a network resource using special connection parameters as described in chapter [[Using Network Attached Storage (NAS)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Event Viewer =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events such as starting or stopping the MailStore Server service are displayed here. If there are any errors, click on the corresponding entry to view additional details below the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Debug Log =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if any problems or errors have occurred while running MailStore Server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable IMAP Connection Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if problems or errors have occurred while accessing MailStore Server using the integrated IMAP server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows an overview of all debug log files. To view the contents of a debug log file in a text editor, double-click on the file name or click on ''Open''. To delete a debug log file, highlight the file name and click on ''Delete''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:MailStore_Server_Dienst-Konfiguration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3404</id>
		<title>MailStore Server Service Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3404"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T00:24:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* IP Addresses and Ports */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic administrative features are available through the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It can be accessed through the MailStore Server application folder in the Windows Start menu or the corresponding desktop shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tech_config_01.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, the current status of the MailStore Server service is shown. The service can be controlled using the ''Start Service'', ''Restart Service'' and ''Stop Service'' buttons. This may be necessary after certain changes to the configuration have been made or before performing backups, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Base Configuration - General=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Master Database''' - Select the storage location of an existing master database. When choosing an empty directory, a new master database is created therein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features''' - Individual components for accessing the MailStore server can be activated or deactivated. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTP)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (unencrypted / STARTTLS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (SSL)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Administrations API (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These components can be configured under ''IP Addresses and Ports''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Locksmith''' - Use this feature to restore the user &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; with the password &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;. The MailStore Server service has to be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IP Addresses and Ports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to activating or deactivating individual components, you can choose the IP address and the port to which a component is to be linked as well as the SSL certificate that is to be used for encrypted connections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IP Address''' - IP address at which the component receives connections. Generally, it is advisable to link all MailStore components to all IP addresses (Standard).&lt;br /&gt;
'''Port''' - Indicates the TCP port at which the component receives connections.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Example:''' If no web server other than MailStore Web Access is installed (e.g. an IIS website, Microsoft Outlook Web Access or SharePoint), the HTTP- and HTTPS standard ports (80 and 443) can be specified. This way, users can access MailStore Web access directly using the URLs &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Server Certificate''' - Shows the current SSL certificate for the respective component of the MailStore server. To view details about the SSL certificate, click on its name. Using the button next to the name you can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Select an SSL certificate from the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new self-signed SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Import an SSL certificate from a file directly into the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Startup Script =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service can execute a script before startup. The script can be used to establish a connection to a network resource using special connection parameters as described in chapter [[Using Network Attached Storage (NAS)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Event Viewer =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events such as starting or stopping the MailStore Server service are displayed here. If there are any errors, click on the corresponding entry to view additional details below the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Debug Log =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if any problems or errors have occurred when running MailStore Server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable IMAP Connection Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if problems or errors have occurred when accessing MailStore Server using the integrated IMAP server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows an overview of all debug log files. To view the contents of a debug log file in a text editor, double-click on the file name or click on ''Open''. To delete a debug log file, highlight the file name and click on ''Delete''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:MailStore_Server_Dienst-Konfiguration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3403</id>
		<title>MailStore Server Service Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3403"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T00:23:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* IP Addresses and Ports */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic administrative features are available through the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It can be accessed through the MailStore Server application folder in the Windows Start menu or the corresponding desktop shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tech_config_01.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, the current status of the MailStore Server service is shown. The service can be controlled using the ''Start Service'', ''Restart Service'' and ''Stop Service'' buttons. This may be necessary after certain changes to the configuration have been made or before performing backups, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Base Configuration - General=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Master Database''' - Select the storage location of an existing master database. When choosing an empty directory, a new master database is created therein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features''' - Individual components for accessing the MailStore server can be activated or deactivated. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTP)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (unencrypted / STARTTLS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (SSL)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Administrations API (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These components can be configured under ''IP Addresses and Ports''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Locksmith''' - Use this feature to restore the user &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; with the password &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;. The MailStore Server service has to be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IP Addresses and Ports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to activating or deactivating individual components, you can choose the IP address and the port to which a component is to be linked as well as the SSL certificate that is to be used for encrypted connections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IP Address''' - IP address at which the component receives connections. Generally, it is advisable to link all MailStore components to all IP addresses (Standard).&lt;br /&gt;
'''Port''' - Indicates the TCP port at which the component receives connections.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Example:''' If no web server other than MailStore Web Access is installed (e.g. an IIS website, Microsoft Outlook Web Access or SharePoint), the HTTP- and HTTPS standard ports (80 and 443) can be specified. This way, users can access MailStore Web access directly using the URLs &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Server Certificate''' - Shows the current SSL certificate for the respective component of the MailStore server. To view details about the SSL certificate, click on its name. Using the button next to the name you can: &lt;br /&gt;
* select an SSL certificate from the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new self-signed SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
* import an SSL certificate from a file directly into the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Startup Script =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service can execute a script before startup. The script can be used to establish a connection to a network resource using special connection parameters as described in chapter [[Using Network Attached Storage (NAS)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Event Viewer =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events such as starting or stopping the MailStore Server service are displayed here. If there are any errors, click on the corresponding entry to view additional details below the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Debug Log =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if any problems or errors have occurred when running MailStore Server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable IMAP Connection Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if problems or errors have occurred when accessing MailStore Server using the integrated IMAP server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows an overview of all debug log files. To view the contents of a debug log file in a text editor, double-click on the file name or click on ''Open''. To delete a debug log file, highlight the file name and click on ''Delete''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:MailStore_Server_Dienst-Konfiguration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3402</id>
		<title>MailStore Server Service Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3402"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T00:20:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* In General */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic administrative features are available through the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It can be accessed through the MailStore Server application folder in the Windows Start menu or the corresponding desktop shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tech_config_01.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, the current status of the MailStore Server service is shown. The service can be controlled using the ''Start Service'', ''Restart Service'' and ''Stop Service'' buttons. This may be necessary after certain changes to the configuration have been made or before performing backups, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Base Configuration - General=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Master Database''' - Select the storage location of an existing master database. When choosing an empty directory, a new master database is created therein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features''' - Individual components for accessing the MailStore server can be activated or deactivated. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTP)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (unencrypted / STARTTLS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (SSL)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Administrations API (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These components can be configured under ''IP Addresses and Ports''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Locksmith''' - Use this feature to restore the user &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; with the password &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;. The MailStore Server service has to be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IP Addresses and Ports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to activating or deactivating individual components, you can choose the IP address and the port to which a component is to be linked to as well as the SSL certificate that is to be used for encrypted connections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IP Address''' - IP address at which the component receives connections. Generally, it is advisable to link all MailStore components to all IP addresses (Standard).&lt;br /&gt;
'''Port''' - Indicates the TCP port at which the component receives connections.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Example:''' If no web server other than MailStore Web Access is installed (e.g. an IIS website, Microsoft Outlook Web Access or SharePoint), the HTTP- and HTTPS standard ports (80 and 443 can be specified. This way, users can access MailStore Web access directly using the URLs &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Server Certificate''' - Shows the current SSL certificate for the respective component of the MailStore server. To view details about the SSL certificate, click on its name. Using the button next to the name you can: &lt;br /&gt;
* select an SSL certificate from the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new self-signed SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
* import an SSL certificate from a file directly into the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Startup Script =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service can execute a script before startup. The script can be used to establish a connection to a network resource using special connection parameters as described in chapter [[Using Network Attached Storage (NAS)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Event Viewer =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events such as starting or stopping the MailStore Server service are displayed here. If there are any errors, click on the corresponding entry to view additional details below the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Debug Log =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if any problems or errors have occurred when running MailStore Server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable IMAP Connection Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if problems or errors have occurred when accessing MailStore Server using the integrated IMAP server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows an overview of all debug log files. To view the contents of a debug log file in a text editor, double-click on the file name or click on ''Open''. To delete a debug log file, highlight the file name and click on ''Delete''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:MailStore_Server_Dienst-Konfiguration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3401</id>
		<title>MailStore Server Service Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration&amp;diff=3401"/>
		<updated>2012-05-08T00:16:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* In General */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic administrative features are available through the MailStore Server Service Configuration. It can be accessed through the MailStore Server application folder in the Windows Start menu or the corresponding desktop shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tech_config_01.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, the current status of the MailStore Server service is shown. The service can be controlled using the ''Start Service'', ''Restart Service'' and ''Stop Service'' buttons. This may be necessary after certain changes to the configuration have been made or before performing backups, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= In General=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Master Database''' - Select the storage location of an existing master database. When choosing an empty directory, a new master database is created therein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features''' - Individual components for accessing the MailStore server can be activated or deactivated. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTP)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Web Access / Outlook Add-In (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (unencrypted / STARTTLS)&lt;br /&gt;
* IMAP Server (SSL)&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore Administrations API (HTTPS)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These components can be configured under ''IP Addresses and Ports''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Locksmith''' - Use this feature to restore the user &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; with the password &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;. The MailStore Server service has to be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IP Addresses and Ports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to activating or deactivating individual components, you can choose the IP address and the port to which a component is to be linked to as well as the SSL certificate that is to be used for encrypted connections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IP Address''' - IP address at which the component receives connections. Generally, it is advisable to link all MailStore components to all IP addresses (Standard).&lt;br /&gt;
'''Port''' - Indicates the TCP port at which the component receives connections.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Example:''' If no web server other than MailStore Web Access is installed (e.g. an IIS website, Microsoft Outlook Web Access or SharePoint), the HTTP- and HTTPS standard ports (80 and 443 can be specified. This way, users can access MailStore Web access directly using the URLs &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;servername&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Server Certificate''' - Shows the current SSL certificate for the respective component of the MailStore server. To view details about the SSL certificate, click on its name. Using the button next to the name you can: &lt;br /&gt;
* select an SSL certificate from the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new self-signed SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
* import an SSL certificate from a file directly into the certificate store of the MailStore Server computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Startup Script =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Server service can execute a script before startup. The script can be used to establish a connection to a network resource using special connection parameters as described in chapter [[Using Network Attached Storage (NAS)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Event Viewer =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events such as starting or stopping the MailStore Server service are displayed here. If there are any errors, click on the corresponding entry to view additional details below the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Debug Log =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if any problems or errors have occurred when running MailStore Server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Enable IMAP Connection Debug Log''' - Activate this feature if problems or errors have occurred when accessing MailStore Server using the integrated IMAP server. After restarting the server service via ''Restart Service'' in the same window, a detailed log file is taken down. This file can be evaluated by the MailStore support team, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows an overview of all debug log files. To view the contents of a debug log file in a text editor, double-click on the file name or click on ''Open''. To delete a debug log file, highlight the file name and click on ''Delete''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:MailStore_Server_Dienst-Konfiguration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Administration_API_-_Using_the_API&amp;diff=3400</id>
		<title>Administration API - Using the API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Administration_API_-_Using_the_API&amp;diff=3400"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T23:24:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* General Information About Using the Management API */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter you can find a description of the MailStore Server Management API. With the Management API administrative tasks, such as managing users or storage locations, can be telecontrolled from a central location. Communication with the Management API is done using web requests through HTTPS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons, the MailStore Server Management API is deactivated by default and has to be activated using the [[MailStore Server Service Configuration]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Information About Using the Management API ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Management API accepts commands under the following URLs: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /JSON/Invoke/'''MethodName'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /XML/Invoke/'''MethodName'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part of the path indicates the return format expected by the client (JSON or XML). JSON is the native return format of the MailStore Server Management API and is therefore recommended. If XML is requested, an internal automatic conversion to XML is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commands must be sent to the Management API using the HTTP POST method. The parameters should be transferred in the HTTP body and encoding must always be done using UTF-8. The return value is always UTF-8 encoded respectively. A list of all available Management API commands is available in chapter [[MailStore Server Management API Commands]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the request cannot be processed, the server responds with HTTP error code 500, and the error message is returned as text/plain (not JSON or XML). An exception are asynchronous commands which use a special URL for status queries (as described below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is an example for retrieving the information of the user ''johndoe''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HTTP Request ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 POST /JSON/Invoke/GetUserInfo HTTP/1.1&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 userName=johndoe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HTTP Response  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 HTTP/1.1 200 OK&lt;br /&gt;
 Content-Type: application/json&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;johndoe&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;John Doe&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;authentication&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;integrated&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;emailAddresses&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;johndoe@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;doe@example.com&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        ],&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;privileges&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Asynchronously Executed Commands  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Management API commands, whose execution typically take more time, are executed asynchronously. The server does not return the actual return value but a URL under which the current status (e.g. the return value for fully executed requests) can be requested. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One example for an asynchronously executed API method is ''RebuildStoreIndex''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sample Return Value  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;statusToken&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;C467B22E-7057-43BA-B79B-C6140ED514BD&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;statusUrl&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;/JSON/Status/C467B22E-7057-43BA-B79B-C6140ED514BD&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a JSON object is returned which contains a ''statusUrl'' value, this URL can be used to ask for the current status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Structure of the Status Object  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;status&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;running | succeeded | failed&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;result&amp;quot;: { JSON Object },&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;progressPercentage&amp;quot;: 0..100,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;messages&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
        {&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;type&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;line | information | warning | error | unknown&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    ]&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the returned status is ''succeeded'' or ''failed'', each additional status query under the same URL will fail, because once the status is delivered, all internally stored status information is deleted.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Administration_API_-_Using_the_API&amp;diff=3399</id>
		<title>Administration API - Using the API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Administration_API_-_Using_the_API&amp;diff=3399"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T23:22:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* General Information about Using the Management API */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter you can find a description of the MailStore Server Management API. With the Management API administrative tasks, such as managing users or storage locations, can be telecontrolled from a central location. Communication with the Management API is done using web requests through HTTPS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons, the MailStore Server Management API is deactivated by default and has to be activated using the [[MailStore Server Service Configuration]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Information About Using the Management API ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Management API accepts commands under the following URLs: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /JSON/Invoke/'''MethodName'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /XML/Invoke/'''MethodName'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part of the path indicates the return format expected by the client (JSON or XML). JSON is the native return format of the MailStore Server Management API and is therefore recommended. If XML is requested, an internal automatic conversion to XML is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commands must be sent to the Management API using the HTTP POST method. The parameters should be transferred in the HTTP body and encoding must always be done using UTF-8. The return value is always UTF-8 encoded respectively. A list of all available Management API commands is available in chapter [[MailStore Server Management API Commands]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the request cannot be processed, the server responds with HTTP error code 500, and the error message is returned as text/plain (not JSON or XML). An exception are asynchronous commands which use a special URL for status queries (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is an example for retrieving the information of the user ''johndoe''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HTTP Request ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 POST /JSON/Invoke/GetUserInfo HTTP/1.1&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 userName=johndoe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HTTP Response  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 HTTP/1.1 200 OK&lt;br /&gt;
 Content-Type: application/json&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;johndoe&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;John Doe&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;authentication&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;integrated&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;emailAddresses&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;johndoe@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;doe@example.com&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        ],&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;privileges&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Asynchronously Executed Commands  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Management API commands, whose execution typically take more time, are executed asynchronously. The server does not return the actual return value but a URL under which the current status (e.g. the return value for fully executed requests) can be requested. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One example for an asynchronously executed API method is ''RebuildStoreIndex''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sample Return Value  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;statusToken&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;C467B22E-7057-43BA-B79B-C6140ED514BD&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;statusUrl&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;/JSON/Status/C467B22E-7057-43BA-B79B-C6140ED514BD&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a JSON object is returned which contains a ''statusUrl'' value, this URL can be used to ask for the current status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Structure of the Status Object  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;status&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;running | succeeded | failed&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;result&amp;quot;: { JSON Object },&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;progressPercentage&amp;quot;: 0..100,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;messages&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
        {&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;type&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;line | information | warning | error | unknown&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    ]&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the returned status is ''succeeded'' or ''failed'', each additional status query under the same URL will fail, because once the status is delivered, all internally stored status information is deleted.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Administration_API_-_Using_the_API&amp;diff=3398</id>
		<title>Administration API - Using the API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Administration_API_-_Using_the_API&amp;diff=3398"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T23:14:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter you can find a description of the MailStore Server Management API. With the Management API administrative tasks, such as managing users or storage locations, can be telecontrolled from a central location. Communication with the Management API is done using web requests through HTTPS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons, the MailStore Server Management API is deactivated by default and has to be activated using the [[MailStore Server Service Configuration]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Information about Using the Management API ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Management API accepts commands under the following URLs: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /JSON/Invoke/'''MethodName'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /XML/Invoke/'''MethodName'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part of the path indicates the return format expected by the client (JSON or XML). JSON is the native return format of the MailStore Server Management API and is therefore recommended. If XML is requested, an internal automatic conversion in XML is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commands must be sent to the Management API using the HTTP POST method. The parameters are to be transferred in the HTTP body and encoding must always be done using UTF-8. The return value is always UTF-8 encoded respectively. A list of all available Management API commands is available in chapter [[MailStore Server Management API Commands]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the request cannot be processed, the server responds with HTTP error code 500, and the error message is returned as text/plain (not JSON or XML). An exception are asynchronous commands, which use a special URL for status queries (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is an example for retrieving the information of the user ''johndoe''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HTTP Request ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 POST /JSON/Invoke/GetUserInfo HTTP/1.1&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 userName=johndoe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HTTP Response  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 HTTP/1.1 200 OK&lt;br /&gt;
 Content-Type: application/json&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;johndoe&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;John Doe&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;authentication&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;integrated&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;emailAddresses&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;johndoe@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;doe@example.com&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        ],&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;privileges&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Asynchronously Executed Commands  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Management API commands, whose execution typically take more time, are executed asynchronously. The server does not return the actual return value but a URL under which the current status (e.g. the return value for fully executed requests) can be requested. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One example for an asynchronously executed API method is ''RebuildStoreIndex''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sample Return Value  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;statusToken&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;C467B22E-7057-43BA-B79B-C6140ED514BD&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;statusUrl&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;/JSON/Status/C467B22E-7057-43BA-B79B-C6140ED514BD&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a JSON object is returned which contains a ''statusUrl'' value, this URL can be used to ask for the current status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Structure of the Status Object  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;status&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;running | succeeded | failed&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;result&amp;quot;: { JSON Object },&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;progressPercentage&amp;quot;: 0..100,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;messages&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
        {&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;type&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;line | information | warning | error | unknown&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    ]&lt;br /&gt;
 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the returned status is ''succeeded'' or ''failed'', each additional status query under the same URL will fail, because once the status is delivered, all internally stored status information is deleted.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3397</id>
		<title>Using External Archive Stores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3397"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T23:06:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Advanced Archive Store: External PostgreSQL Database */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore distinguishes between two types of archive stores: Standard archive store and advanced archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using standard archive stores, folder information, meta data, email headers and contents, and the full text index are all stored within a directory structure in the file system, while advanced archive stores allow you to store these components in different locations, such as SQL databases, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For most environments, using standard archive stores is recommended, which is described in detail in chapter [[Storage Locations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Structure of an Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In MailStore, both standard an advanced archive stores always consist of the following three components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Folder Information and Meta Data'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for the construction of the directory structure and the email list, which in some cases is also used in search requests.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Email Headers and Contents'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains the actual payload of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Full Text Index'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for browsing emails and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While there is a direct relationship between ''folder information and meta data'' and ''email headers and contents'', the full text index is derived from both and can be reconstructed at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its special data structure and for performant access, the full text index must always be stored in the file system. Using MailStore's local file system is recommended. Additional information about full text indexes is available in chapter [[Search Indexes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating an Advanced Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an advanced archive store, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client and log on as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Storage'' and then on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the window click on ''Create...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dialog ''Create New Archive Store'' opens.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a name for the new advanced archive store into the ''Name'' field, e.g. ''2012-05''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' If you don't want MailStore to archive new emails in the new archive store, remove the checkmark from the box titled ''Archive new messages here''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Advanced Archive Store'' and click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the type of advanced archive store:&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Directory (File System)'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The entire archive store is stored in the file system (local hard drive or network share).&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External Microsoft SQL Server Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external Microsoft SQL Server Database. Emails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External PostgreSQL Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external PostgreSQL Database. E-Mails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the type selected, different input is required. How each archive store type is configured is described in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: Directory (File System) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an advanced archive store of type ''Directory (File System)'' requires you to specify directories for the ''Folder Information and Meta Data'', the ''Email Headers and Contents'' and the ''Full Text Index''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_02.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database MailStore recommends directories for the new advanced archive store. To change a proposed path, click on the respective button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important Notice:''' The directories are created automatically. If they already exist, they must not contain any files of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: External Microsoft SQL Server Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports all editions of Microsoft SQL Server Version 2005, 2008 and 2012. Please keep their respective size limits in mind and verify their suitability for managing the expected volume of data in your environment.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''Microsoft SQL Server Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_mssql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. If you click on the arrow to the right of the input field, MailStore will return a list of all Microsoft SQL servers located on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of the user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user listed under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. Click on the arrow to the right of the input field to obtain a list of all available databases on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''email headers and contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''Microsoft SQL Server Database'' is the default suggestion. When choosing ''Directory (File System)'', the input field ''Directory'' is activated. MailStore recommends a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any fields of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* A directory for the full text index is also recommended based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: External PostgreSQL Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports PostgreSQL version 8.4.8 or newer.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''PostgresSQL Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_pgsql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of a user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user specified under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. To obtain a list of all available databases on the server, click on the arrow to the right of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Email Headers and Contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''PostgresSQL Database'' is the default suggestion. Selecting ''Directory (File System)'' activates the input field ''Directory''. MailStore proposes a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any files or subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore also recommends a directory for the full text index based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3396</id>
		<title>Using External Archive Stores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3396"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T23:04:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Advanced Archive Store: External Microsoft SQL Server Database */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore distinguishes between two types of archive stores: Standard archive store and advanced archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using standard archive stores, folder information, meta data, email headers and contents, and the full text index are all stored within a directory structure in the file system, while advanced archive stores allow you to store these components in different locations, such as SQL databases, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For most environments, using standard archive stores is recommended, which is described in detail in chapter [[Storage Locations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Structure of an Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In MailStore, both standard an advanced archive stores always consist of the following three components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Folder Information and Meta Data'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for the construction of the directory structure and the email list, which in some cases is also used in search requests.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Email Headers and Contents'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains the actual payload of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Full Text Index'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for browsing emails and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While there is a direct relationship between ''folder information and meta data'' and ''email headers and contents'', the full text index is derived from both and can be reconstructed at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its special data structure and for performant access, the full text index must always be stored in the file system. Using MailStore's local file system is recommended. Additional information about full text indexes is available in chapter [[Search Indexes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating an Advanced Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an advanced archive store, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client and log on as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Storage'' and then on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the window click on ''Create...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dialog ''Create New Archive Store'' opens.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a name for the new advanced archive store into the ''Name'' field, e.g. ''2012-05''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' If you don't want MailStore to archive new emails in the new archive store, remove the checkmark from the box titled ''Archive new messages here''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Advanced Archive Store'' and click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the type of advanced archive store:&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Directory (File System)'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The entire archive store is stored in the file system (local hard drive or network share).&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External Microsoft SQL Server Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external Microsoft SQL Server Database. Emails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External PostgreSQL Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external PostgreSQL Database. E-Mails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the type selected, different input is required. How each archive store type is configured is described in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: Directory (File System) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an advanced archive store of type ''Directory (File System)'' requires you to specify directories for the ''Folder Information and Meta Data'', the ''Email Headers and Contents'' and the ''Full Text Index''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_02.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database MailStore recommends directories for the new advanced archive store. To change a proposed path, click on the respective button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important Notice:''' The directories are created automatically. If they already exist, they must not contain any files of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: External Microsoft SQL Server Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports all editions of Microsoft SQL Server Version 2005, 2008 and 2012. Please keep their respective size limits in mind and verify their suitability for managing the expected volume of data in your environment.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''Microsoft SQL Server Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_mssql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. If you click on the arrow to the right of the input field, MailStore will return a list of all Microsoft SQL servers located on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of the user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user listed under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. Click on the arrow to the right of the input field to obtain a list of all available databases on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''email headers and contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''Microsoft SQL Server Database'' is the default suggestion. When choosing ''Directory (File System)'', the input field ''Directory'' is activated. MailStore recommends a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any fields of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* A directory for the full text index is also recommended based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store: External PostgreSQL Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports PostgreSQL version 8.4.8 or newer.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''PostgresSQL Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_pgsql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of a user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user specified under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. To obtain a list of all available databases on the server, click on the arrow to the right of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Email Headers and Contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''PostgresSQL Database'' is the default suggestion. Selecting ''Directory (File System)'' activates the input field ''Directory''. MailStore proposes a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any files or subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore also recommends a directory for the full text index based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3395</id>
		<title>Using External Archive Stores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3395"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T23:03:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Advanced Archive Store: External Microsoft SQL Server Database */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore distinguishes between two types of archive stores: Standard archive store and advanced archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using standard archive stores, folder information, meta data, email headers and contents, and the full text index are all stored within a directory structure in the file system, while advanced archive stores allow you to store these components in different locations, such as SQL databases, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For most environments, using standard archive stores is recommended, which is described in detail in chapter [[Storage Locations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Structure of an Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In MailStore, both standard an advanced archive stores always consist of the following three components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Folder Information and Meta Data'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for the construction of the directory structure and the email list, which in some cases is also used in search requests.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Email Headers and Contents'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains the actual payload of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Full Text Index'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for browsing emails and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While there is a direct relationship between ''folder information and meta data'' and ''email headers and contents'', the full text index is derived from both and can be reconstructed at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its special data structure and for performant access, the full text index must always be stored in the file system. Using MailStore's local file system is recommended. Additional information about full text indexes is available in chapter [[Search Indexes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating an Advanced Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an advanced archive store, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client and log on as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Storage'' and then on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the window click on ''Create...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dialog ''Create New Archive Store'' opens.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a name for the new advanced archive store into the ''Name'' field, e.g. ''2012-05''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' If you don't want MailStore to archive new emails in the new archive store, remove the checkmark from the box titled ''Archive new messages here''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Advanced Archive Store'' and click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the type of advanced archive store:&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Directory (File System)'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The entire archive store is stored in the file system (local hard drive or network share).&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External Microsoft SQL Server Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external Microsoft SQL Server Database. Emails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External PostgreSQL Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external PostgreSQL Database. E-Mails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the type selected, different input is required. How each archive store type is configured is described in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: Directory (File System) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an advanced archive store of type ''Directory (File System)'' requires you to specify directories for the ''Folder Information and Meta Data'', the ''Email Headers and Contents'' and the ''Full Text Index''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_02.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database MailStore recommends directories for the new advanced archive store. To change a proposed path, click on the respective button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important Notice:''' The directories are created automatically. If they already exist, they must not contain any files of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store: External Microsoft SQL Server Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports all editions of Microsoft SQL Server Version 2005, 2008 and 2012. Please keep their respective size limits in mind and verify their suitability for managing the expected volume of data in your environment.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''Microsoft SQL Server Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_mssql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. If you click on the arrow to the right of the input field, MailStore will return a list of all Microsoft SQL servers located on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of the user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user listed under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. Click on the arrow to the right of the input field to obtain a list of all available databases on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''email headers and contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''Microsoft SQL Server Database'' is the default suggestion. When choosing ''Directory (File System)'', the input field ''Directory'' is activated. MailStore recommends a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any fields of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* A directory for the full text index is also recommended based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store: External PostgreSQL Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports PostgreSQL version 8.4.8 or newer.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''PostgresSQL Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_pgsql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of a user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user specified under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. To obtain a list of all available databases on the server, click on the arrow to the right of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Email Headers and Contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''PostgresSQL Database'' is the default suggestion. Selecting ''Directory (File System)'' activates the input field ''Directory''. MailStore proposes a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any files or subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore also recommends a directory for the full text index based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3394</id>
		<title>Using External Archive Stores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/index.php?title=Using_External_Archive_Stores&amp;diff=3394"/>
		<updated>2012-05-07T22:52:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Vivian: /* Advanced Archive Store Type: Directory (File System) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore distinguishes between two types of archive stores: Standard archive store and advanced archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using standard archive stores, folder information, meta data, email headers and contents, and the full text index are all stored within a directory structure in the file system, while advanced archive stores allow you to store these components in different locations, such as SQL databases, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For most environments, using standard archive stores is recommended, which is described in detail in chapter [[Storage Locations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Structure of an Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In MailStore, both standard an advanced archive stores always consist of the following three components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Folder Information and Meta Data'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for the construction of the directory structure and the email list, which in some cases is also used in search requests.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Email Headers and Contents'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains the actual payload of the archive.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Full Text Index'''&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contains all data needed for browsing emails and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While there is a direct relationship between ''folder information and meta data'' and ''email headers and contents'', the full text index is derived from both and can be reconstructed at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its special data structure and for performant access, the full text index must always be stored in the file system. Using MailStore's local file system is recommended. Additional information about full text indexes is available in chapter [[Search Indexes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Creating an Advanced Archive Store =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an advanced archive store, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start MailStore Client and log on as MailStore administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Storage'' and then on ''Storage Locations''.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the menu bar at the bottom of the window click on ''Create...''.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dialog ''Create New Archive Store'' opens.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a name for the new advanced archive store into the ''Name'' field, e.g. ''2012-05''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' If you don't want MailStore to archive new emails in the new archive store, remove the checkmark from the box titled ''Archive new messages here''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select ''Advanced Archive Store'' and click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the type of advanced archive store:&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_01.png|center|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Directory (File System)'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The entire archive store is stored in the file system (local hard drive or network share).&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External Microsoft SQL Server Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external Microsoft SQL Server Database. Emails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''External PostgreSQL Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The archive store is stored in an external PostgreSQL Database. E-Mails can be stored in the database or in the file system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the type selected, different input is required. How each archive store type is configured is described in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store Type: Directory (File System) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an advanced archive store of type ''Directory (File System)'' requires you to specify directories for the ''Folder Information and Meta Data'', the ''Email Headers and Contents'' and the ''Full Text Index''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_fs_02.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database MailStore recommends directories for the new advanced archive store. To change a proposed path, click on the respective button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important Notice:''' The directories are created automatically. If they already exist, they must not contain any files of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store: External Microsoft SQL Server Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports all editions of Microsoft SQL Server Version 2005, 2008 and 2012. Please keep their respective size limits in mind and verify their suitability for managing the expected volume of data in your environment.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''Microsoft SQL Server Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_mssql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. If you click on the arrow to the right of the input field, MailStore will return a list of all Microsoft SQL servers located on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of the user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user listed under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. Click on the arrow to the right of the input field to obtain a list of all available databases on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''email headers and contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''Microsoft SQL Server Database'' is the default suggestion. When choosing ''Directory (File System)'', the input field ''Directory'' is activated. MailStore proposes a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any fields of subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* A directory for the full text index is also recommended based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Archive Store: External PostgreSQL Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can set up the database connection in MailStore, an empty database has to be created on the database server. The MailStore user who is used for the connection should be the owner of the database. Please see the documentation of the database server for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Folder information and meta data'' are always stored in the SQL database, while storing ''email headers and contents'' therein is optional. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Please note:''' MailStore supports PostgreSQL version 8.4.8 or newer.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an empty database has been created, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify the connection parameters for the ''PostgresSQL Database Connection'': &lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Tech_storageloc_adv_pgsql_01.png|350px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Server Name:''' Enter the server name or the IP address of the SQL server on which a database has been created for MailStore. &lt;br /&gt;
*: '''User Name:''' Name of a user with access to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Password:''' Password of the user specified under ''User Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Database:''' Name of the database to be used by MailStore. To obtain a list of all available databases on the server, click on the arrow to the right of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under ''Email Headers and Contents'' select the appropriate storage location.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;''PostgresSQL Database'' is the default suggestion. Selecting ''Directory (File System)'' activates the input field ''Directory''. MailStore proposes a directory based on the name entered at the beginning of the wizard and the path of the master database. To choose a different directory, click on the button next to the ''Directory'' field or enter a path manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Important Notice:''' The specified directory is created automatically. If it already exists, it must not contain any files or subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;
* MailStore also recommends a directory for the full text index based on the name entered at the beginning and the path of the master database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Finish''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that distributing the individual components of an advanced archive store among different local drives or network shares significantly increases the complexity of [[Backup and Restore]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Vivian</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>